WO2021027677A1 - Waveguide-type optical assembly, near-eye display device, image projection method, optical element manufacturing method, and light beam combiner manufacturing method - Google Patents

Waveguide-type optical assembly, near-eye display device, image projection method, optical element manufacturing method, and light beam combiner manufacturing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021027677A1
WO2021027677A1 PCT/CN2020/107377 CN2020107377W WO2021027677A1 WO 2021027677 A1 WO2021027677 A1 WO 2021027677A1 CN 2020107377 W CN2020107377 W CN 2020107377W WO 2021027677 A1 WO2021027677 A1 WO 2021027677A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
waveguide
light
laser
optical element
volume holographic
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/107377
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
杨鑫
黄正宇
Original Assignee
蒋晶
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201910734651.6A external-priority patent/CN112346246B/en
Priority claimed from CN201910735242.8A external-priority patent/CN112346172B/en
Application filed by 蒋晶 filed Critical 蒋晶
Publication of WO2021027677A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021027677A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B27/00Optical systems or apparatus not provided for by any of the groups G02B1/00 - G02B26/00, G02B30/00
    • G02B27/01Head-up displays

Definitions

  • the present disclosure generally relates to the field of optical technology, and more particularly to a waveguide type optical component, a near-eye display device including the waveguide type optical component, an image projection method, an optical element manufacturing method, and a beam combiner manufacturing method.
  • VR Virtual Reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • Near-eye display is an important technical hotspot in the development of the aforementioned VR, AR and MR technologies.
  • Near-eye display VR technology mainly pursues virtual display with immersive large field of view, which corresponds to a virtual reality display helmet.
  • the purpose of near-eye AR and MR technology is to achieve a perspective fusion of virtual and real, which corresponds to augmented reality smart glasses.
  • near-eye display devices used for AR and MR are also called augmented reality technology when they block ambient light from entering the user's eyes.
  • the near-eye display device is usually configured as a head-mounted display device or a display device in the form of glasses, which is used to image the image displayed by the microdisplay chip at a distance through the optical system, and the human eye directly sees the enlarged location of the display through the near-eye display device.
  • the remote image will also be combined with SLAM technology to realize spatial perception and positioning, and interact through gesture recognition and eye tracking technology. It is a new display technology with important potential application value and is considered to be a new display that is expected to "replace smart phones.” technology.
  • virtual reality display devices have shown explosive development, with many types of devices.
  • International giants such as Oculus, HTC, Sony, and Samsung have launched virtual reality helmet display devices.
  • Domestic PICO and Dapeng Optoelectronics are also actively developing virtual reality display products.
  • Most of the near-eye display devices used in these virtual reality head-mounted displays are based on the imaging principle of a single positive lens, that is, by placing the display near the object focal plane of a single positive lens, the display is placed on the object of the lens after passing through the single positive lens. An upright, enlarged virtual image at infinity.
  • Near-eye display devices for AR and MR have also been greatly developed in recent years.
  • Microsoft and MaigcLeap have introduced augmented reality products based on augmented reality optical engines.
  • Their augmented reality optical engines use diffractive optical waveguides to achieve image coupling, coupling, and pupil dilation functions.
  • the described technology realizes a three-dimensional display based on binocular parallax or a double-depth volume display or a normal two-dimensional display.
  • Domestic Longjing Optoelectronics, Naidejia, Gudong Technology, etc. use arrayed waveguides or free-form AR eyepieces to achieve augmented reality.
  • This technology can be used to achieve two-dimensional reality or three-dimensional reality, but the achieved three-dimensional display has a problem of convergence conflict, that is, the viewer’s eye focus and binocular axis convergence are inconsistent, resulting in visual fatigue, dizziness and other problems, especially when watching When the distance is closer, the discomfort is more intense. Wearing this type of near-eye display device for a long time has potential harm to the vision of young people whose vision is not mature.
  • one of the biggest challenges for augmented reality helmets or glasses is to develop a smaller and more compact optical display core component to achieve a three-dimensional display technology without convergence conflict or a comfortable two-dimensional display. Make users more willing to wear for a long time, and meet some specific requirements for use in specific occasions.
  • retinal imaging technology is a display technology that directly projects an image to the retina through optical means.
  • the traditional retinal imaging technology uses a display chip such as LCOS as the image carrier, imaging through a lens system, and using a half mirror to import the image
  • the human eye the ambient light is transmitted through the human eye to achieve a penetrating display.
  • the lens group of this solution is large, and the half mirror will attenuate the brightness of the ambient light by half, realizing a compact display with a large field of view without attenuating ambient light Module is an important problem to be solved urgently in retinal imaging technology.
  • the present disclosure provides a waveguide type optical component, as well as a manufacturing device and a manufacturing method of the optical component.
  • the waveguide type optical component includes:
  • the beam generator is configured to form a beam group with a light cone distribution
  • a waveguide the waveguide having a coupling surface for coupling the light beams in the light beam group into the waveguide, and the light beams coupled into the waveguide are totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air;
  • the beam combiner is attached to a surface of the waveguide to change the propagation direction of the light beam incident on it, so that it leaves the waveguide at different angles and continues to propagate.
  • the waveguide-type optical component has an entrance pupil and an exit pupil
  • the vertex of the light cone is the entrance pupil
  • the light beams from the same light cone distribution beam group are condensed after leaving the waveguide The point of is the exit pupil.
  • the light beam generator includes a light source and a micro-electromechanical system, wherein the light source is configured to generate a light beam carrying color information and/or brightness information of image pixels;
  • the light beam emitted by the light source is scanned to form the light beam group with the light cone distribution, wherein the light source is preferably a monochromatic or three-color laser light source.
  • the beam generator includes:
  • a light source wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
  • One or more of DMD, LCOS, and LCD are configured to load an image, and according to the image, the light irradiated by the light source is modulated;
  • a diaphragm or lens is configured to receive the modulated light to form a light beam of the light cone distribution.
  • the beam generator includes:
  • a light source wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
  • a lens configured to receive the divergent light emitted by the light source and converge to the apex of the light cone;
  • One or more of DMD, LCOS, LCD located between the lens and the vertex, and configured to load an image, and modulate the light irradiated on it after passing through the lens according to the image .
  • the microelectromechanical system includes a MEMS galvanometer
  • the light source is a thin beam light source
  • the controller is coupled with the plurality of lasers and controls
  • the plurality of lasers emit laser beams
  • the laser beams of the plurality of lasers are incident on the beam combiner and combined into nearly parallel thin beams with overlapping propagation paths in space.
  • the beam combiner includes a lens group and optical film splitters corresponding to the wavelengths of the plurality of lasers, wherein the lens group is configured to adjust the laser beam emitted by the laser.
  • the divergence angle and/or diameter are projected onto the corresponding optical film splitter, and after reflection or transmission, the nearly parallel thin beams with overlapping propagation paths in space are formed.
  • the beam combiner further includes an aperture, a wave plate, a polarizing plate, and an attenuator arranged between the lens group and the optical film splitter, and the beam combiner further includes
  • the micromotor coupled to the lens group can adjust the relative position between the lenses in the lens group to adjust the divergence angle and/or diameter of the light beam emitted from the lens group.
  • light beams in different directions in the light beam group carry color information and/or brightness information of different image pixels.
  • the beam combiner includes a diffractive optical element. After the light beam coupled into the waveguide undergoes total reflection at the interface between the waveguide and the air, it is incident on the diffractive optical element at different positions. Diffraction, the propagation direction of the diffracted light changes and leaves the waveguide to continue to propagate, wherein the light beams from the beam group of the same light cone distribution converge at a point after leaving the waveguide.
  • the coupling surface is provided on the convex coupling structure of the waveguide, the convex coupling structure intersects the plane where the beam combiner is located, and the intersecting position can be used as a positioning , Used to attach the beam combiner to the waveguide.
  • the diffractive optical element is a volume holographic optical element, a transmissive volume holographic optical element or a reflective volume holographic optical element, wherein the beam generator includes a plurality of lasers, and the plurality of lasers are configured It can emit laser beams of different wavelengths.
  • the volume holographic optical element includes a single color volume holographic optical element, and the single color volume holographic optical element diffracts laser light of different wavelengths from the multiple lasers.
  • the volume holographic optical element includes a plurality of monochromatic volume holographic optical elements accurately aligned and stacked together, corresponding to the number of the plurality of lasers, each monochromatic volume holographic optical element, Only the laser of the corresponding wavelength is diffracted, and the laser of other wavelengths is not diffracted.
  • the volume holographic optical element includes a plurality of volume holographic optical elements accurately aligned and stacked together, the number of the plurality of volume holographic optical elements is less than the number of the plurality of lasers, and the number of At least one of the individual holographic optical elements diffracts the laser light of at least two wavelengths in the plurality of lasers, but does not diffract the laser light of other wavelengths; while the remaining volume holographic optical elements have a diffracted effect on the remaining other wavelengths.
  • One of the wavelengths of laser light will diffract, but the other wavelengths will not diffract.
  • the volume holographic optical element includes a monochromatic volume holographic optical element that only diffracts laser light of one wavelength.
  • the waveguide type optical component further includes a concave lens attached to the coupling surface of the waveguide or a concave lens located between the beam generator and the waveguide coupling surface, so that The light beams from different directions in the light beam group of the light cone distribution from the light beam generator enter the waveguide with a larger refraction angle.
  • the waveguide-type optical component further includes a MEMS galvanometer moving device, which is connected to the MEMS galvanometer and can move the MEMS galvanometer between multiple positions , Each position corresponds to an entrance pupil; at each position, the beams of different directions in the beam group of the light cone distribution scanned by the MEMS galvanometer form a converging point in the free space through the beam combiner, corresponding to one exit Hitomi.
  • a MEMS galvanometer moving device which is connected to the MEMS galvanometer and can move the MEMS galvanometer between multiple positions , Each position corresponds to an entrance pupil; at each position, the beams of different directions in the beam group of the light cone distribution scanned by the MEMS galvanometer form a converging point in the free space through the beam combiner, corresponding to one exit Hitomi.
  • the microelectromechanical system includes a MAHOE optical element and a MEMS galvanometer, the MAHOE optical element has at least a first area and a second area, and the entrance pupil includes at least a first entrance pupil and a second entrance pupil.
  • the entrance pupil, the exit pupil includes at least a first exit pupil and a second exit pupil, wherein the light beam emitted from the light source is scanned by the MEMS galvanometer and irradiated to the first area and the second area of the MAHOE optical element , Wherein the light beam irradiated on the first area is reversely diffracted by the first area of the MAHOE optical element, and the diffracted light is converged to the first entrance pupil at different angles to form a divergent light cone distribution light beam Group, enters the waveguide and is diffracted by the beam combiner.
  • the diffracted light in different directions continues to propagate and converges on the first exit pupil; the light beam irradiated on the second area is The second area of the MAHOE optical element is reversely diffracted, and the diffracted light is converged to the second entrance pupil at different angles to form a beam group of divergent light cone distribution, enters the waveguide, is diffracted by the beam combiner, and leaves all After the waveguide, the diffracted lights in different directions continue to propagate and converge on the second exit pupil.
  • the present disclosure also relates to a near-eye display device including the waveguide type optical component as described above.
  • the near-eye display device is a virtual reality display device or an augmented reality display device.
  • the near-eye display device further includes an image generation unit configured to generate an image with display, the image generation unit is coupled with the beam generator, and the beam group emitted by the beam generator Light beams in different directions in the image carry color information and/or brightness information of different pixels in the image.
  • the near-eye display device includes a left-eye display unit and a right-eye display unit, wherein both the left-eye display unit and the right-eye display unit include the waveguide type optical component as described above.
  • the present disclosure also relates to an image projection method of an optical system, including:
  • the optical system has an entrance pupil and an exit pupil, the vertex of the light cone is the entrance pupil, and all the light beams from the same light cone distribution beam group converge after leaving the waveguide. Said one point is said exit pupil,
  • the beam generator includes a light source and a microelectromechanical system
  • the step S61 includes:
  • S611 Utilize a light source to emit a light beam carrying color information and/or brightness information of image pixels;
  • S612 Use a micro-electromechanical system to scan the light beams emitted from the light source to form the light beam group with the light cone distribution.
  • the step S61 includes:
  • Illuminating a display screen with illumination light emitted by a light source wherein the light source is a monochromatic or three-color laser light source, an LED light source or an OLED light source, and the display screen is a DMD, LCOS or LCD;
  • the modulated light forms a light beam with the light cone distribution.
  • the step S61 includes:
  • a light source to emit illuminating light, illuminate it on a lens, and converge to the apex of the light cone after passing through the lens, wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
  • the light beam passing through the lens irradiates a display screen located between the lens and the apex.
  • the display screen is DMD, LCOS or LCD.
  • the display screen loads an image, and according to the image, The light irradiated from the lens is modulated.
  • the micro-electromechanical system includes a MEMS galvanometer and a MEMS galvanometer moving device, and the MEMS galvanometer moving device is connected to the MEMS galvanometer and enables the MEMS galvanometer to move between multiple positions. Move, each position corresponds to an entrance pupil of the optical system; at one position, the beams of different directions in the beam group of the light cone distribution scanned by the MEMS galvanometer form a convergent in the free space by the beam combiner Point, corresponding to an exit pupil of the optical system,
  • the image projection method further includes: changing the position of the MEMS galvanometer through the MEMS galvanometer moving device.
  • the present disclosure also relates to a manufacturing method of an optical element, including:
  • S71 Provide a waveguide, the waveguide has a coupling surface, and the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate is attached to the surface of the waveguide;
  • S74 Converge the first laser beam to a first point outside the waveguide, and exit to the coupling surface of the waveguide, enter the waveguide, and cause total reflection at the interface between the waveguide and the air, And incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate;
  • the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a full-color photosensitive material
  • the step S72 includes: using a plurality of lasers to emit laser beams of different wavelengths, which are combined and emitted;
  • the step S76 includes: corresponding to different wavelengths of the multiple lasers, simultaneously performing interference exposure inside the photosensitive material.
  • the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate is a full-color photosensitive material
  • the step S72 includes: successively using a plurality of lasers to emit laser beams of different wavelengths
  • the step S76 includes: Corresponding to different wavelengths of the multiple lasers, multiple interference exposures are successively performed inside the photosensitive material.
  • the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a monochromatic photosensitive material
  • the step S72 includes: using a laser to emit and emit a laser beam with a wavelength corresponding to the monochromatic photosensitive material; and the step S76
  • the method includes: performing interference exposure inside the photosensitive material corresponding to the wavelength of the laser to obtain the volume holographic optical element corresponding to the wavelength.
  • the method further includes: replacing a photosensitive film or a photosensitive plate that can expose light of different wavelengths, and obtaining a different wavelength from the different wavelengths through the steps S72, S73, S74, S75, and S76. Corresponding multiple volume holographic optical elements.
  • the step S72 includes:
  • Multiple lasers emit laser beams of different wavelengths
  • the combined laser beam is filtered and collimated and expanded.
  • the step of combining the laser beams of different wavelengths includes: combining the laser beams of different wavelengths through an optical thin film beam splitter.
  • the step S73 includes: splitting the laser beam into a first laser beam and a second laser beam through a beam splitter.
  • the step S74 includes: converging the first laser beam to a first point outside the waveguide through a first lens;
  • the step S75 includes: converging the second laser beam to a second point outside the waveguide through a second lens or a concave mirror.
  • the second lens or concave mirror is located on the side of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate opposite to the waveguide, or on the opposite side of the waveguide from the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate On one side.
  • the method further includes:
  • S77 Converge the first laser beam to a third point outside the waveguide, and exit to the coupling surface of the waveguide, enter the waveguide, and cause total reflection at the interface between the waveguide and air, And incident on the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate, wherein the third point is different from the first point;
  • the method further includes:
  • volume holographic optical element Using the obtained volume holographic optical element as a master, copy other volume holographic optical elements.
  • the present disclosure also provides a method of manufacturing a beam combiner, including:
  • S81 Provide a volume holographic optical element prepared by the above method as a master, wherein the master is a reflective volume holographic optical element;
  • S82 Provide a waveguide, the waveguide has a coupling surface to couple light waves into the inside of the waveguide, the light waves are totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air, and the waveguide and the volume holographic optical element used
  • the waveguides have at least partially the same optical and/or geometric parameters;
  • a diverging spherical wave is emitted from a position corresponding to the first point when the volume holographic optical element is made and is incident on the coupling surface of the waveguide, and one or more total reflections occur at the interface between the waveguide and the air. It is incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate, passes through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate and is incident on the master, and is reversely diffracted by the master. The reverse diffracted light passes through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate and Converging to the position corresponding to the second point, the light incident on the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate and the reverse diffracted light will interfere and expose inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate to obtain a new reflective type Volume holographic optical element.
  • the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a full-color photosensitive material
  • the step S85 includes: successively emitting laser beams of different wavelengths to be inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate. Multiple interference exposures occur or laser beams of different wavelengths are emitted simultaneously to simultaneously cause interference exposures inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate.
  • the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a monochromatic photosensitive material
  • the step S85 includes: emitting a laser beam with a wavelength corresponding to the monochromatic photosensitive material to irradiate the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate. A single interference exposure occurs inside the photosensitive material.
  • the present disclosure also relates to a method of manufacturing a beam combiner, including:
  • S91 Provide a volume holographic optical element prepared by the above method as a master, wherein the master is a transmissive volume holographic optical element;
  • S92 Provide a waveguide.
  • the waveguide has a coupling surface to couple light waves into the waveguide.
  • the light beam is totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air.
  • the waveguide and the volume holographic optical element used The waveguides have at least partially the same optical and/or geometric parameters;
  • a diverging spherical wave is emitted from a position corresponding to the first point when the volume holographic optical element is made and is incident on the coupling surface of the waveguide, and one or more total reflections occur at the interface between the waveguide and the air.
  • the light incident on the master and emitted from the master includes transmitted light that has not been diffracted and condensed light diffracted by the master.
  • the converging point of the condensed light corresponds to the second point, so The undiffracted transmitted light and diffracted convergent light continue to propagate into the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate, and interference exposure occurs inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate to obtain a new transmissive volume holographic optical element.
  • the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate is a full-color photosensitive material
  • the step S95 includes: successively emitting laser beams of different wavelengths to be inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate. Multiple interference exposures occur or laser beams of different wavelengths are emitted simultaneously to simultaneously cause interference exposures inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate.
  • the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a monochromatic photosensitive material
  • the step S95 includes: emitting a laser beam with a wavelength corresponding to the monochromatic photosensitive material to irradiate the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate. A single interference exposure occurs inside the photosensitive material.
  • the present disclosure also provides a volume holographic optical element, which is manufactured by the method described above.
  • the volume holographic optical element is a transmissive volume holographic optical element or a reflective volume holographic optical element.
  • the present disclosure also relates to a waveguide type optical component, which includes:
  • the beam generator is configured to form a beam group with a light cone distribution
  • a waveguide the waveguide having a coupling surface for coupling the light beams in the light beam group into the waveguide, and the light beams coupled into the waveguide are totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air;
  • the beam combiner made by the method described above is attached to a surface of the waveguide, and the propagation direction of the beam incident on it is changed so that it leaves the waveguide at different angles and continues to propagate.
  • the light beams of the light-cone-distributed beam group converge at one point after leaving the waveguide.
  • the waveguide-type optical component has an entrance pupil and an exit pupil
  • the vertex of the light cone is the entrance pupil
  • the light beams from the same light cone distribution beam group are condensed after leaving the waveguide The point of is the exit pupil.
  • the light beam generator includes a light source and a micro-electromechanical system, wherein the light source is configured to generate a light beam carrying color information and/or brightness information of image pixels;
  • the light beam emitted by the light source is scanned to form the light beam group with the light cone distribution, wherein the light source is preferably a monochromatic or three-color laser light source.
  • the beam generator includes:
  • a light source wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
  • One or more of DMD, LCOS, and LCD are configured to load an image, and according to the image, the light irradiated by the light source is modulated;
  • a diaphragm or lens is configured to receive the modulated light to form a light beam of the light cone distribution.
  • the beam generator includes:
  • a light source wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
  • a lens configured to receive the divergent light emitted by the light source and converge to the apex of the light cone;
  • One or more of DMD, LCOS, LCD located between the lens and the vertex, and configured to load an image, and modulate the light irradiated on it after passing through the lens according to the image .
  • the microelectromechanical system includes a MEMS galvanometer
  • the light source is a thin beam light source
  • the controller is coupled with the plurality of lasers and controls
  • the plurality of lasers emit laser beams
  • the laser beams of the plurality of lasers are incident on the beam combiner and combined into nearly parallel thin beams with overlapping propagation paths in space.
  • the beam combiner includes a lens group and optical film splitters corresponding to the wavelengths of the plurality of lasers, wherein the lens group is configured to adjust the laser beam emitted by the laser.
  • the divergence angle and/or diameter are projected onto the corresponding optical film splitter, and after reflection or transmission, the nearly parallel thin beams with overlapping propagation paths in space are formed.
  • the lens group may also include a liquid lens or this liquid crystal lens, and the equivalent focal length of the lens group can be adjusted through external voltage control. It is used to control the divergence angle and/or diameter of the laser beam emitted by the laser.
  • the beam combiner further includes an aperture, a wave plate, a polarizing plate, and an attenuator arranged between the lens group and the optical film splitter, and the beam combiner further includes
  • the micro motor coupled to the lens group can adjust the relative position between the lenses in the lens group to adjust the divergence angle and/or diameter of the light beam emitted from the lens group.
  • light beams in different directions in the light beam group carry color information and/or brightness information of different image pixels.
  • the beam combiner includes a diffractive optical element. After the light beam coupled into the waveguide undergoes total reflection at the interface between the waveguide and the air, it is incident on the diffractive optical element at different positions. Diffraction, the propagation direction of the diffracted light changes and leaves the waveguide to continue to propagate, wherein the light beams from the beam group of the same light cone distribution converge at a point after leaving the waveguide.
  • the coupling surface is provided on the convex coupling structure of the waveguide, the convex coupling structure intersects the plane where the beam combiner is located, and the intersecting position can be used as a positioning , Used to attach the synthesizer to the waveguide.
  • the diffractive optical element is a volume holographic optical element, a transmissive volume holographic optical element or a reflective volume holographic optical element, wherein the light source includes a plurality of lasers, and the plurality of lasers are configured to Emit laser beams of different wavelengths.
  • the volume holographic optical element includes a single color volume holographic optical element, and the single color volume holographic optical element diffracts laser light of different wavelengths from the multiple lasers.
  • the volume holographic optical element includes a plurality of monochromatic volume holographic optical elements accurately aligned and stacked together, corresponding to the number of the plurality of lasers, each monochromatic volume holographic optical element, Only the laser of the corresponding wavelength is diffracted, and the laser of other wavelengths is not diffracted.
  • the volume holographic optical element includes a plurality of volume holographic optical elements accurately aligned and stacked together, the number of the plurality of volume holographic optical elements is less than the number of the plurality of lasers, and the number of At least one of the individual holographic optical elements diffracts the lasers of at least two wavelengths of the plurality of lasers, but does not diffract the lasers of other wavelengths; while the remaining volume holographic optical elements have diffracted effects on the remaining other wavelengths.
  • One wavelength of the laser light will diffract, but the other wavelengths will not diffract.
  • the volume holographic optical element includes a monochromatic volume holographic optical element that only diffracts laser light of one wavelength.
  • the waveguide-type optical component further includes a concave lens attached to the coupling surface of the waveguide or a concave lens located between the beam generator and the waveguide-type optical component, so that The light beams from different directions in the light beam group of the light cone distribution from the light beam generator enter the waveguide with a larger refraction angle.
  • the waveguide-type optical component further includes a MEMS galvanometer moving device, which is connected to the MEMS galvanometer and can move the MEMS galvanometer between multiple positions , Each position corresponds to an entrance pupil; at one position, the beams of different directions in the beam group of the light cone distribution scanned by the MEMS galvanometer form a converging point in the free space through the beam combiner, corresponding to an exit pupil .
  • a MEMS galvanometer moving device which is connected to the MEMS galvanometer and can move the MEMS galvanometer between multiple positions , Each position corresponds to an entrance pupil; at one position, the beams of different directions in the beam group of the light cone distribution scanned by the MEMS galvanometer form a converging point in the free space through the beam combiner, corresponding to an exit pupil .
  • the microelectromechanical system includes a MAHOE optical element and a MEMS galvanometer, the MAHOE optical element has at least a first area and a second area, and the entrance pupil includes at least a first entrance pupil and a second entrance pupil.
  • the entrance pupil, the exit pupil includes at least a first exit pupil and a second exit pupil, wherein the light beam emitted from the light source is scanned by the MEMS galvanometer and irradiated to the first area and the second area of the MAHOE optical element , Wherein the light beam irradiated on the first area is reversely diffracted by the first area of the MAHOE optical element, and the diffracted light is converged to the first entrance pupil at different angles to form a divergent light cone distribution light beam Group, enters the waveguide and is diffracted by the beam combiner.
  • the diffracted light in different directions continues to propagate and converges on the first exit pupil; the light beam irradiated on the second area is The second area of the MAHOE optical element is reversely diffracted, and the diffracted light is converged to the second entrance pupil at different angles to form a beam group with a divergent light cone distribution, enters the waveguide, is diffracted by the beam combiner, and leaves the light beam group.
  • the diffracted lights in different directions continue to propagate and converge on the second exit pupil.
  • the present disclosure also relates to a near-eye display device including the waveguide type optical component as described above.
  • the near-eye display device is a virtual reality display device or an augmented reality display device.
  • the near-eye display device further includes an image generation unit configured to generate an image with display, the image generation unit is coupled with the beam generator, and the beam group emitted by the beam generator Light beams in different directions in the image carry color information and/or brightness information of different pixels in the image.
  • the technical solution of the present disclosure aims at the problem of complex large-volume optical components in traditional retinal imaging optical display technology. Through the combination of waveguide and beam combiner, a compact display module is realized. It is important in the field of near-eye AR and VR display. Value.
  • Fig. 1 shows a reflective waveguide type optical component according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 2 shows a transmissive waveguide type optical component according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 3 shows a waveguide type optical component according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 4 shows a waveguide type optical component according to another preferred embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 5 shows a waveguide type optical component according to another preferred embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 6 shows a waveguide type optical component with a protruding coupling surface structure according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 7 shows a holographic optical element according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 8 shows a waveguide type optical component according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, which has a concave lens
  • FIG. 9 shows a waveguide type optical component according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, which has a MEMS galvanometer moving device
  • Figure 10 shows a waveguide type optical component according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, which has a MAHOE optical element
  • Fig. 11 shows a method of manufacturing a MAHOE optical element according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Fig. 12 shows an image projection method of an optical system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Fig. 13 shows a method of manufacturing an optical element according to the second aspect of the present disclosure
  • Fig. 14 shows a schematic diagram of the optical path of the reflective beam combiner manufactured by the manufacturing method of Fig. 13;
  • FIG. 15 shows a schematic diagram of the optical path of the transmissive beam combiner manufactured by the manufacturing method of FIG. 13;
  • FIG. 16 shows a schematic diagram of the optical path of a modification of manufacturing a transmissive beam combiner by the manufacturing method of FIG. 13;
  • FIG. 17 shows a method of manufacturing a beam combiner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • 18A and 18B show schematic diagrams of the optical path of the beam combiner manufactured by the method shown in FIG. 17;
  • FIG. 19 shows a method of manufacturing a beam combiner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 20A and 20B show schematic diagrams of the optical path of the beam combiner manufactured by the method shown in FIG. 19.
  • each block in the flowchart or block diagram may represent a module, program segment, or part of code, and the module, program segment, or part of code contains one or more logic for implementing predetermined Function executable instructions.
  • the functions noted in the block may also occur in a different order than that noted in the drawings. For example, two blocks shown in succession can actually be executed substantially in parallel, or they can sometimes be executed in the reverse order, depending on the functions involved.
  • each block in the block diagram and/or flowchart, and the combination of the blocks in the block diagram and/or flowchart can be implemented by a dedicated hardware-based system that performs the specified functions or operations, or It can be realized by a combination of dedicated hardware and computer instructions.
  • first and second are only used for descriptive purposes, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features. Therefore, the features defined with “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of the features. In the description of the present disclosure, “plurality” means two or more than two unless specifically defined otherwise.
  • connection should be understood in a broad sense.
  • it may be a fixed connection or an option.
  • Disassembly connection, or integral connection it can be mechanical connection, it can be electrical connection or it can communicate with each other; it can be directly connected or indirectly connected through an intermediate medium, it can be the internal communication of two components or the mutual communication of two components Role relationship.
  • the specific meaning of the above-mentioned terms in the present disclosure can be understood according to specific circumstances.
  • the term “coupling” is used in this disclosure to indicate that the connection between two terminals can be direct connection, or indirect connection through an intermediate medium, and can be an electrical wired connection or a wireless connection.
  • the "above” or “below” of the first feature of the second feature may include the first and second features in direct contact, or may include the first and second features Not in direct contact but through other features between them.
  • “above”, “above” and “above” the second feature of the first feature include the first feature being directly above and obliquely above the second feature, or it simply means that the level of the first feature is higher than the second feature.
  • the “below”, “below” and “below” of the first feature of the second feature include the first feature directly above and diagonally above the second feature, or it simply means that the level of the first feature is smaller than the second feature.
  • the first aspect of the present disclosure relates to a waveguide type optical component (or “optical module”) 10, as shown in FIG. 1.
  • optical module or “optical module”. The detailed description is given below with reference to FIG. 1.
  • the waveguide type optical component 10 includes a beam generator 11, a waveguide 12, and a beam combiner 13.
  • the light beam generator 11 is configured to form a light beam group with a light cone distribution, and light beams in different directions in the light beam group may, for example, carry color information and/or brightness information of different image pixels.
  • the light beam generator 11 generates a light cone with a divergence angle ⁇ , wherein each light beam can individually carry the color and/or brightness information of the image pixel.
  • the beam generator 11 may scan to form a beam group of the light cone distribution.
  • the beam generator 11 emits a beam L1
  • the beam generator 11 emits A light beam L2 is emitted.
  • the beam generator 11 emits a light beam between L1 and L2.
  • the beam generator 11 can also emit all or part of the beam group in the light cone at the same time, and these are all within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
  • the beam generator 11 can form a continuously distributed light beam in the light cone, or can form discrete light rays to form a beam group. For example, each light beam does not spread over any angle of the light cone. It's discrete.
  • the waveguide type optical component 10 has an entrance pupil 10-In and an exit pupil 10-Out, and the vertex of the light cone may be located at the position of the entrance pupil 10-In.
  • the divergence angle of the light cone is ⁇ .
  • the beam generator 11 may itself have a divergence angle ⁇ , so that the divergence angle of the beam emitted therefrom corresponds to the divergence angle ⁇ of the light cone.
  • the beam generator 11 includes a laser, and the laser beam emitted by it is a thin beam with high directivity.
  • the beam generator 11 may include, for example, a scanning device for emitting a high-direction laser beam. The light beam is scanned to form a light cone with a divergence angle ⁇ . This will be described in detail below.
  • the beam generator 11 emits a convergent beam, and the convergent point is the position of the entrance pupil 10-In, that is, at the apex of the light cone. The light passing through the convergent point can be regarded as coming from the convergent beam. Divergent beam of points. These are all within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
  • the light beam emitted by the light beam generator 11 may be a monochromatic light beam or a multi-color light beam formed by a mixture of multiple monochromatic lights.
  • the light beam emitted by the light beam generator 11 can also carry brightness information.
  • the slender beam or the highly directional slender beam in the present disclosure refers to a beam with a beam diameter of less than 2 mm, or less than 1 mm (preferably less than 0.01 mm), and a divergence angle of 0.02-0.03 degrees or less.
  • each beam may be emitted at the same time or at different times (for example, formed by scanning) All of these are within the protection scope of this disclosure.
  • the waveguide 12 has a coupling surface 121 for receiving the light beam group formed by the light beam generator 11 with a light cone distribution, and coupling the light beams in the light beam group into the waveguide 12.
  • the outside of a part of the surface of the waveguide 12 is air (or called free space). Since the refractive index of the waveguide 12 is greater than that of air, the light beam coupled into the waveguide meets the angle of incidence conditions. Total reflection occurs at the interface.
  • the beam combiner 13 is attached to a surface of the waveguide 12 to change the propagation direction of the light beam incident on it so that it leaves the waveguide at different angles and enters the free space (such as air) to continue to propagate,
  • the light beams from the light beam group with the same light cone distribution converge at a point after leaving the waveguide, and the converging point is, for example, the exit pupil 10-Out of the waveguide-type optical component 10.
  • any light beam in the light beam group defined by the light beams L1 and L2 enters the waveguide 12, is totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide 12 and the air, and then is incident on the beam combiner 13.
  • the beam combiner 13 leaves the waveguide 12 after being modulated, enters the air and continues to propagate, all converging at one point, namely the exit pupil 10-Out.
  • the refractive index of the beam combiner 13 is, for example, the same as or close to the refractive index of the waveguide 12, so when it is incident on the part where the beam combiner 13 is located, the light will enter the beam combiner instead of continuing. Total reflection occurs.
  • the beam combiner can be a photosensitive film, or it can be made by coating a photosensitive material on glass. The refractive index of the photosensitive material is close to that of the waveguide, so the light will enter the beam combiner without total reflection.
  • the beam combiner 13 includes, for example, a diffractive optical element, which is attached to one surface of the waveguide 12, and is completely reflected at the interface between the waveguide and air.
  • a diffractive optical element which is attached to one surface of the waveguide 12, and is completely reflected at the interface between the waveguide and air.
  • Light beams in different directions are diffracted when they propagate to different positions of the diffractive optical element in different directions, the propagation direction changes and enters the free space, and the small beams diffracted in different directions from different positions of the diffractive optical element enter the free space. (Corresponding to the same light cone) all converge to the point in the free space.
  • the diffractive optical element is, for example, a volume holographic optical element, which may be a transmissive volume holographic optical element or a reflective volume holographic optical element. This will be described in detail below.
  • the beam generator 11 forms a beam group with a light cone distribution.
  • two beams L1 and L2 located at the boundary in the beam group are incident on the coupling surface 121 of the waveguide 12 respectively, and the light beams The face 121 is coupled inside the waveguide 12.
  • the light beams L1 and L2 propagate inside the waveguide 12, and total reflection occurs at the interface between the waveguide and free space (for example, air) (for example, at points A and B in Fig. 1), and the reflected light is finally incident on the beam combiner 13 (
  • the incident points are, for example, points C and D in FIG. 1).
  • the beam combiner 13 is, for example, a reflective volume holographic optical element, which can make the beam incident on it, regardless of its incident direction or angle of incidence, can be diffracted, and the diffracted beams converge and pass through a point in space, as shown in Fig.
  • FIG. 1 shows that the light beam L1 and the light beam L2 are incident on the beam combiner 13 after a total reflection inside the waveguide 12.
  • the protection scope of the present disclosure is not limited to the number of total reflections inside the waveguide 12. It may also be multiple total reflection, for example, it may be determined according to the size of the waveguide and the refractive index of the material of the waveguide. In addition, the total reflection times of light beams at different angles may be different, and these are all within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
  • the beam combiner 13 may be attached to the entire surface of one side of the waveguide 12, or may be attached to a part of the surface of one side.
  • FIG. 1 shows a reflective beam combiner 13, that is, the incident beam and the beam emitted after passing through the beam combiner 13 are located on the same side of the beam combiner 13 (upper side in Figure 1), that is, the beam The combiner 13 implements a reflection-like beam modulation.
  • FIG. 2 shows a transmissive beam combiner 13. Similar to FIG. 1, the beam generator 11 forms a beam group with a light cone distribution. For example, two beams L1 and L2 located at the boundary of the beam group are incident on the coupling surface 121 of the waveguide 12 respectively, and are Coupled to the inside of the waveguide 12.
  • the light beams L1 and L2 are inside the waveguide 12, are totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the free space (for example, air) (for example, at points A and B in FIG. 2), and are finally incident on the beam combiner 13 (for example, the incident point 2), passing through the beam combiner 13 and modulated by the beam combiner 13, the beams from the beam group of the same light cone distribution leave the waveguide and converge at one point, that is, the corresponding The light beams emitted from the same light cone all pass through the exit pupil 10-Out of the waveguide type optical component 10.
  • the free space for example, air
  • the beam combiner 13 for example, the incident point 2
  • the “entrance pupil” and “exit pupil” of the waveguide type optical component in the present disclosure may be either a point in space or a region in space.
  • the waveguide type optical component shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 includes a beam generator, a waveguide, and a beam combiner, which can effectively reduce the thickness of the waveguide type optical component.
  • the thickness of the entire module can be made smaller.
  • the beam generator needs to be arranged on the side of the user's head, and it needs to have a certain angle to avoid the beam from being blocked by the user's forehead, so the thickness of the entire module needs to be made Larger.
  • the light beam from the beam generator is propagated through the waveguide, and there is no need to worry about the user's forehead occlusion. Therefore, the overall thickness can be made smaller.
  • FIG. 3 shows a waveguide type optical component 20 according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure. This is described in detail below with reference to FIG. 3.
  • the waveguide type optical component 20 in FIG. 3 also includes a waveguide 12 and a beam combiner 13, which are similar to those shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 and will not be repeated here.
  • the light beam generator includes a light source 111 and a microelectromechanical system 112, wherein the light source 111 is configured to generate a light beam L0 carrying color information and/or brightness information of image pixels, and the light beam L0 is incident on the microelectromechanical system 112 ,
  • the microelectromechanical system 112 is configured to scan the light beam L0 to form a beam group with the light cone distribution.
  • the microelectromechanical system 112 includes, for example, a MEMS galvanometer.
  • the MEMS galvanometer receives the incident light beam L0 and scans the light beam to form a beam group with the light cone distribution.
  • the light beam L0 emitted by the light source 111 is always located on the same spatial path, but due to the microelectromechanical system 112 (such as the MEMS galvanometer), it can rotate and scan the light beam L0 incident on it to emit The light beams form a beam group of light cone distribution (the light cone defined by L1 and L2 in Fig. 3).
  • the beam generator is a thin beam generator, and its light source includes a plurality of lasers, a controller, and a beam combiner.
  • the controller is coupled with the plurality of lasers and controls the plurality of lasers.
  • a laser emits a laser beam, for example, to control the emitting time, intensity and other optical parameters of the laser.
  • the laser beams of the multiple lasers are incident on the beam combiner and combined into nearly parallel thin beams with overlapping propagation paths in space.
  • the light source 111 includes a laser.
  • FIG. 3 shows a first laser 1111, a second laser 1112, and a third laser 1113.
  • the first laser 1111 is, for example, a red laser
  • the second laser 1112 For example, it is a green laser
  • the third laser 1113 is, for example, a blue laser, which respectively emit laser beams of corresponding colors.
  • the light source 111 further includes a first lens (or lens group) 1114, a second lens (or lens group) 1115, and a third lens (or lens group) 1116, which are respectively used to illuminate the first laser 1111 in the upstream of the optical path.
  • the laser beams emitted by the second laser 1112 and the third laser 1113 are collimated, or their divergence angle is reduced, or compressed, so as to form a thin beam with high directivity.
  • the beam combiner includes, for example, optical thin film beam splitters respectively corresponding to the wavelengths of the laser light emitted by the multiple lasers, which are respectively arranged downstream of the corresponding lens (or lens group) of each laser, wherein the laser light of the laser passes After the lens group, it is incident on the corresponding optical film splitter, and forms the nearly parallel thin beams with overlapping propagation paths in space through reflection or transmission.
  • the beam combiner of the light source 111 includes a first beam splitter 1117, a second beam splitter 1118, and a third beam splitter 1119 for combining red, green and blue beams. Color laser beam.
  • the first beam splitter 1117 is arranged downstream of the optical path of the first lens 1114, which is, for example, an optical thin film slice corresponding to the wavelength of the laser light emitted by the first laser 1111, which can reflect the red light emitted by the first laser 1111, The light of colors other than red is transmitted.
  • the second beam splitter 1118 allows the green light emitted by the second laser 112 to be reflected, and light of colors other than green is transmitted;
  • the third beam splitter 1119 allows the blue light emitted by the third laser 1113 to be reflected, and light of colors other than blue light is reflected. It is transmitted.
  • the red laser light is reflected by the first beam splitter 1117, is incident on the second beam splitter 1118, passes through the second beam splitter 1118, and then transmits through the third beam splitter 1119.
  • the green laser light is reflected by the second beam splitter 1118, is incident on the third beam splitter 1119, and is transmitted through the third beam splitter 1119.
  • the blue laser light is reflected by the third beam splitter 1119.
  • the reflection paths of the first beam splitter 1117, the second beam splitter 1118, and the third beam splitter 1119 are set to be the same, as shown in FIG. 3. Therefore, the light beams reflected from the three beam splitters finally combine the light beam L0.
  • the lens group may include a liquid lens or a liquid crystal lens, and the equivalent focal length of the lens group can be adjusted by external voltage control to control the divergence angle and/or diameter of the laser beam emitted by the laser.
  • the controller can control the corresponding laser, for example.
  • the first laser 1111 and the second laser 1112 are controlled by the controller to emit laser beams of corresponding wavelengths; and the third laser 1113 is controlled by the controller, No laser beam is emitted.
  • the beam splitter can also be a broadband beam splitter, which allows the reflection of light in a certain range of wavelengths while transmitting light of other wavelengths.
  • the light beam L0 is incident on the MEMS galvanometer 112 (such as an optical scanning galvanometer).
  • the mirror in the galvanometer deflects back and forth within a certain angle range under the action of electromagnetic force, so that the incident beam L0 is scanned and emitted to form a light cone-shaped beam group, for example, it is defined by the reflected beams L1 and L2 at different times
  • the light cone in which the vertex of the light cone, such as the swing center of the galvanometer, is located at the position of the entrance pupil 10-In of the waveguide type optical component 20.
  • the galvanometer 112 and the waveguide 12 are arranged such that the light beams (for example, light beams L1 and L2) generated by the galvanometer at its scanning limit position can be coupled into the waveguide 12, and If necessary, after entering the waveguide 12, the condition of total reflection is satisfied at the junction of the waveguide 12 and the air. I won't repeat them here.
  • the light source 111 may further include diaphragms and wave plates arranged between the lenses (lens groups) 1114, 1115, 1116 and the optical film splitters 1117, 1118, 1119
  • the light source 111 may also include a micromotor (not shown) coupled with the lens (lens group), the micromotor can adjust the The position of the lens (lens group), or the relative position of the lenses in the lens group, is adjusted to adjust the optical parameters such as the spot size and/or divergence angle of the light beam emitted from the lens group.
  • the colors and intensities of the laser beams emitted by the first laser 1111, the second laser 1112, and the third laser 1113 for example, the three color components of RGB corresponding to a pixel of the picture or pattern, respectively transmit The laser beam of the corresponding color is output, and then the beam is combined.
  • the light source 111 is schematically shown in FIG. 3 including three lasers of red, green, and blue, but the protection scope of the present disclosure is not limited thereto.
  • the light source 111 may include a larger number or a smaller number of lasers, and the color of the lasers can be arbitrarily selected according to needs.
  • the light source 111 may include only one laser to emit monochromatic laser light, which are all within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
  • the protection scope of the present disclosure is not limited to the type of light field emitted by the laser.
  • the laser emits either a plane wave or a spherical wave, which is collimated and compressed by a lens or lens group, which is easy to understand for those skilled in the art.
  • FIG. 4 shows a waveguide type optical component 30 according to another embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the waveguide type optical component 30 includes a waveguide 12 and a beam combiner 13, which are the same as those described in FIGS. 1-3, and will not be repeated here.
  • the waveguide type optical component 30 further includes a beam generator 31, and the beam generator 31 includes, for example, a light source 311, a lens 312 and a display screen 313 arranged in sequence.
  • the light source 311 is, for example, a monochromatic laser light source, or a multi-color laser light source (such as red, green, and blue lasers), or may also be an LED light source or an OLED light source, for providing illumination or backlighting for the display screen 313.
  • the astigmatism light is emitted from the fiber head, and the light emitted by the light source 311 is incident on the lens 312, modulated by the lens 312, and converged to the entrance pupil 10-In Position, thereby forming the light cone-shaped beam group.
  • the display screen 313 may be one or more of DMD, LCOS, and LCD, for example, and is arranged between the lens 312 and the entrance pupil 10-In.
  • the display screen 312 itself can load an image, and modulate the light irradiated from the lens 312 on it according to the color and/or brightness information of the loaded image. Therefore, the light beam group exiting through the display screen 313 not only converges to the entrance pupil 10-In, but also carries color information and/or brightness information of different image pixels.
  • a display screen 313 (such as one or more of DMD, LCOS, LCD) can be arranged between the light source 311 and the lens 312, and the light emitted by the light source 311 directly illuminates the display screen.
  • the display screen 313 modulates the light beam irradiated on it according to the color and/or brightness information of the loaded image.
  • the modulated light beam passes through the lens 312 and converges to the position of the entrance pupil 10-In. In turn, the beam group of the light cone distribution is formed. I won't repeat them here.
  • a small aperture diaphragm is placed at the entrance pupil position of the component, and the light emitted from the display screen after passing through the small aperture diaphragm forms a beam group of light cones.
  • the aforementioned The lens 312 can also achieve the same effect.
  • the coupling surfaces 121 of the waveguide 12 shown in FIGS. 1-5 are all concave coupling surfaces.
  • a convex coupling surface structure can also be adopted, as shown in FIG. 6.
  • the structure of the convex coupling surface is close to or in contact with the edge of the beam combiner 13, and the contact position can be used for positioning, and can be used as the starting position for attaching the beam combiner 13 .
  • the protruding coupling structure intersects the plane where the beam combiner is located, and the intersecting position can be used as a positioning for attaching the beam combiner to the waveguide.
  • the beam combiner 13 includes, for example, a diffractive optical element DOE, such as a volume holographic optical element, which may be a transmissive volume holographic optical element or a reflective volume holographic optical element. This will be described in detail below.
  • DOE diffractive optical element
  • the volume holographic optical element is a single color volume holographic optical element, for example, a single color volume holographic optical film.
  • the laser beams of the corresponding wavelengths of the two lasers are exposed, so that the laser beams of the corresponding colors emitted by the multiple lasers can all be diffracted and correspondingly modulated.
  • a single color volume holographic optical film sensitive to red, green, and blue lasers is used in the waveguide type optical component of the embodiment of FIG. 3, no matter whether the incident light beam is red, green, blue, or a combination of multiple .
  • the color volume holographic optical film can diffract and modulate the incident light beam and converge at a point outside the waveguide.
  • the single colored volume holographic optical film can be obtained by simultaneous laser exposure of the multiple lasers, or it can be obtained by performing multiple consecutive exposures by laser exposure of one color at a time.
  • the advantage of this method is that there is no need to align multiple volume holographic optical films, and the setting method is simple. But the possible problem is that the diffraction efficiency is reduced.
  • the volume holographic optical element includes a plurality of monochromatic volume holographic optical elements accurately aligned and stacked together, corresponding to the number of the plurality of lasers, the plurality of monochromatic volume holographic optical elements are respectively It is obtained by laser exposure with a wavelength corresponding to one of the plurality of lasers.
  • the beam combiner 13 includes, for example, three volume holographic optical films, which are a first volume holographic optical film 131, a second volume holographic optical film 132, and a third volume holographic optical film 133, respectively. Color light beams are diffracted and modulated.
  • the first volume holographic optical film 131 is, for example, a red component holographic optical element (HOE), which only diffracts red laser beams, and does not diffract laser beams of other colors, so that it is incident on it at different angles.
  • HOE red component holographic optical element
  • the red laser beam above after being diffracted and modulated by the first volume holographic optical film 131, enters the free space at different angles and continues to propagate.
  • the beams in different directions propagating in the free space are all concentrated on the exit pupil 10-Out. Location.
  • the second volume holographic optical film 132 is, for example, a green component volume holographic optical element, which only diffracts green laser beams, and does not diffract laser beams of other colors, so that green laser beams incident on it at different angles pass through After the diffraction modulation of the first integrated holographic optical film, it enters the free space at different angles and continues to propagate, wherein the light beams in different directions propagating in the free space are all converged at the position of the exit pupil 10-Out.
  • a green component volume holographic optical element which only diffracts green laser beams, and does not diffract laser beams of other colors, so that green laser beams incident on it at different angles pass through After the diffraction modulation of the first integrated holographic optical film, it enters the free space at different angles and continues to propagate, wherein the light beams in different directions propagating in the free space are all converged at the position of the exit pupil 10-Out.
  • the third volume holographic optical film 133 is, for example, a blue component holographic optical element, which only diffracts blue laser beams, and does not diffract laser beams of other colors, so that blue lasers incident on it at different angles After the light beam is diffracted and modulated by the first volume holographic optical film, it enters the free space at different angles and continues to propagate. The light beams in different directions propagating in the free space are all converged at the position of the exit pupil 10-Out.
  • the beam combiner 13 may also include a corresponding volume holographic optical film. These are all within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
  • the advantage of this method is that each volume holographic optical element is exposed for a single time, and the diffraction efficiency is high.
  • this method requires high precision for stacking multiple volume holographic optical elements.
  • the laser used for exposure is, for example, a single longitudinal mode laser, which has strong coherence.
  • the laser used as the display light source can be a low-coherence multi-longitudinal-mode laser, or an LED or OLED light source with a corresponding color wavelength.
  • the beam combiner 13 including the first volume holographic optical film 131, the second volume holographic optical film 132, and the third volume holographic optical film 133 is directly attached to the surface of the waveguide 12 to realize the incident The diffraction modulation effect of various color beams on it.
  • the volume holographic optical element includes a plurality of volume holographic optical elements accurately aligned and stacked together, the number of the plurality of volume holographic optical elements is less than the number of the plurality of lasers, and the plurality of volume holographic optical elements At least one of the optical elements is obtained by laser exposure of at least two of the plurality of lasers, and the remaining volume holographic optical elements are obtained by laser exposure of one of the plurality of lasers.
  • a volume holographic optical film sensitive to both red and green is used instead of the first and second volume holographic optical films 131 and 132.
  • the volume holographic optical film sensitive to red and green at the same time can be obtained, for example, by simultaneously or sequentially exposing red and green lasers.
  • a volume holographic optical film sensitive to both green and blue can be used instead of the second and third volume holographic optical films 132 and 133; or a volume holographic optical film sensitive to both red and blue can be used.
  • the volume holographic optical element includes a monochromatic volume holographic optical element corresponding to a laser beam and a laser of one wavelength.
  • the volume holographic optical element is obtained by exposing a film of a photosensitive material or a photosensitive material to a photosensitive plate of a glass substrate or a resin substrate in a certain manner
  • the photosensitive material includes a silver salt material, a light-induced One or more of polymer materials and gelatin materials, and the photosensitive material can sense one or more of red light, green light or blue light. This will be described in detail below.
  • FIG. 8 shows a modification of the waveguide type optical component 10 shown in FIG. 1.
  • the waveguide type optical component 10 further includes a concave lens 14 attached to the coupling surface 121 of the waveguide 12, so that the beam group of the light cone distribution from the beam generator 11 is in different directions.
  • the light beam enters the waveguide 12 at a greater angle of refraction.
  • the refractive index of the concave lens material is the same as or close to that of the waveguide material. For example, if the relative difference between the refractive indexes of the two is within 33.3%, it can be considered that the refractive index is close, for example, the difference is 25%, 15%, or 5. % Within.
  • the concave lens in the embodiment of FIG. 8 can also be applied to the embodiments shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3, FIG. 4, FIG. 5, FIG. 6, and FIG. 7, all of which are within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
  • the light source includes a MEMS galvanometer
  • light beams from different directions in the beam group distributed by the light cone of the MEMS galvanometer enter the waveguide at a larger refraction angle.
  • the concave lens can increase the angle of view.
  • the concave lens may be arranged between the light beam generator 11 and the coupling surface 121 of the waveguide 12 instead of being attached to the coupling surface 121, which are all within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
  • the waveguide-type optical component has an entrance pupil and an exit pupil, and the beam group of the light cone distribution from the entrance pupil is finally converged on the exit pupil.
  • the waveguide type optical component may also have multiple entrance pupils and multiple exit pupils, so that the human eye can observe the scanned image in a larger range.
  • the reason for achieving this function lies in the volume holographic optical element. It has a certain angle selectivity, that is, the volume holographic optical element recorded at a certain angle can still meet the diffraction conditions at a close angle, and has a high diffraction efficiency. If silver salt materials are used, the angle selectivity can be ⁇ 5° Within the range of using photopolymer, the angle selectivity can be within ⁇ 1.5°. This is described in detail below with reference to FIG. 9.
  • FIG. 9 shows a waveguide type optical component 40 according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the basic structure of the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 is similar to the waveguide type optical component 20 shown in FIG. 3. The following focuses on the differences between the two.
  • the waveguide-type optical component 40 includes two entrance pupils, namely a first entrance pupil IP1 and a second entrance pupil IP2, and includes two exit pupils, a first exit pupil OP1 and a second exit pupil respectively. OP2.
  • the waveguide type optical component 40 includes a waveguide 42 and a beam combiner 43, wherein the waveguide 42 has a coupling surface 421.
  • the first beam group of the light cone distribution with the apex at the first entrance pupil IP1 passes through the coupling surface 421, is coupled into the inside of the waveguide 42, and is totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide 42 and the air, passing After one or more total reflections, it is incident on the junction of the waveguide 42 and the beam combiner 43.
  • the beam combiner 43 is similar to the beam combiner 13 described above, and is capable of diffractively modulating the light beam incident thereon, so that the first beam group is coupled into the waveguide 42 and is incident on the beam combiner After 43, it is diffracted and modulated so that it enters the free space at different angles and continues to propagate, wherein the light beams in different directions propagating in the free space all converge on the first exit pupil OP1.
  • the second beam group of the light cone distribution with the apex located at the second entrance pupil IP2 passes through the coupling surface 421, is coupled into the inside of the waveguide 42 and is totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide 42 and the air.
  • the beam combiner 43 can separately modulate the beam groups from different light cone distributions. For example, the beam group from the first entrance pupil IP1 undergoes diffraction modulation. Then, it converges on the first exit pupil OP1; for the beam group from the second entrance pupil IP2, after diffraction modulation, it converges on the second exit pupil OP2.
  • the incident light beam L0 described in FIG. 9 corresponds to the incident light beam L0 shown in FIG. 3 and can be generated in a similar or identical manner, and will not be repeated here.
  • the waveguide type optical component 40 includes a MEMS galvanometer 412 for scanning the incident light beam L0, thereby forming a beam group with a light cone distribution.
  • the waveguide type optical component 40 of this embodiment further includes a MEMS galvanometer moving device 44.
  • the MEMS galvanometer moving device 44 is connected to the MEMS galvanometer 412, and can change the position of the MEMS galvanometer 412, and each position corresponds to a system entrance pupil.
  • Fig. 9 shows that the MEMS galvanometer 412 has two positions, 412-1 and 412-2, respectively.
  • the beam group of the light cone distribution obtained by scanning by the MEMS galvanometer has the apex at the first position.
  • the MEMS galvanometer moving device 44 is connected to the MEMS galvanometer 412, and moves and switches the MEMS galvanometer 412 back and forth between the positions 412-1 and 412-2 as needed.
  • the beam group when at position 412-1, the beam group finally converges to the first exit pupil OP1, and when at position 412-2, the beam group finally converges to the second exit pupil OP2, which can expand the augmented reality
  • the exit pupil of the display system that is, the human eye can see the scanned image in a larger area.
  • the MEMS galvanometer moving device 44 is, for example, a micro motor.
  • the micro-motor 44 drives the MEMS galvanometer 412 to be located at position 412-11, the combined high-directivity beam L0 is scanned by the MEMS galvanometer 412, and the scanning light is refracted into the waveguide through the special-shaped waveguide coupling surface 421 42. Total reflection occurs at the interface between the waveguide and the air, and the highly directional thin beam of total reflection is reversely diffracted by the reflective volume holographic optical element 43 and converges at the point OP1, which is the exit pupil position at time 1.
  • the micro-motor 44 drives the MEMS galvanometer 412 to be at position 412-2.
  • the combined high-directivity beam is scanned by the MEMS galvanometer 412.
  • the scanning light is refracted by the waveguide coupling surface 421 and enters the waveguide 42.
  • Total reflection occurs at the interface with the air, and the highly directional thin beam of total reflection is reversely diffracted by the reflective volume holographic optical element 43 and converges at the point OP2, which is the exit pupil position at time 2.
  • the volume holographic optical element 43 can be manufactured in the same manner as the volume holographic optical element 13 described above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the waveguide type optical component 40 has two entrance pupils and two exit pupils.
  • FIG. 10 shows a waveguide type optical component 50 according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, which can also be used to realize multiple entrance pupils and multiple exit pupils.
  • the embodiment of FIG. 10 is a modification of the embodiment shown in FIGS. 3 and 9.
  • the microelectromechanical system of the waveguide type optical component 50 includes a MEMS galvanometer 512 and a MAHOE (Microlens Array HOE, microlens array holographic optical element) optical element 54.
  • the MEMS galvanometer 512 is similar to the MEMS galvanometer 112 shown in FIG. 3, and both are used to receive and scan the incident light beam L0 to form a light cone beam group.
  • the position of the apex of the light cone beam group formed by scanning by the MEMS galvanometer 112 is not the position of the entrance pupil of the waveguide type optical component 50.
  • the MAHOE optical element 54 is a reflective volume holographic optical element, and includes a first area 54-1 and a second area 54-2 thereon.
  • the first area 54-1 can converge the light beam incident on it through diffraction modulation to a point, namely the first entrance pupil IP1 of the waveguide optical component 50; the second area 54-2
  • the light beam incident thereon can be converged to a point, that is, the second entrance pupil IP2 of the waveguide-type optical component 50 through diffraction modulation.
  • the first area 54-1 can converge the light beam incident on it through diffraction modulation to a point, namely the first entrance pupil IP1 of the waveguide optical component 50; the second area 54-2
  • the light beam incident thereon can be converged to a point, that is, the second entrance pupil IP2 of the waveguide-type optical component 50 through diffraction modulation.
  • the light beams respectively converging to the first entrance pupil IP1 and the second entrance pupil IP2 form two light beam groups with a light cone distribution, and are coupled into the waveguide 52 through the coupling surface 521 of the waveguide 52 At the junction of the waveguide 52 and the air, there will be one or more total reflections, and finally incident on the beam combiner 53, which is then modulated by diffraction to converge to the first exit pupil OP1 and the second exit pupil OP2. Location.
  • the combined high-directivity thin beam L0 is scanned by the MEMS galvanometer 512.
  • the scanning light travels to the first area 54-1 of the MAHOE optical element 54, it is reversely diffracted, and the reverse-diffracted high-direction thin beam is converged
  • the first entrance pupil IP1 it continues to propagate, is refracted by the waveguide coupling surface 521 and enters the waveguide 52, and is totally reflected by the front surface of the waveguide.
  • the highly directional thin beam of total reflection is reflected by the beam combiner (such as a reflective volume holographic optical element) 53 Reverse diffraction, converge at one point, the first exit pupil OP1.
  • the combined high-directivity thin beam is scanned by the MEMS galvanometer 512.
  • the scanning light travels to the second area 54-2 of the MAHOE optical element 54, it is reversely diffracted, and the reverse-diffracted high-direction thin beam converges on
  • the second entrance pupil IP2 After the second entrance pupil IP2, it continues to propagate, is refracted by the waveguide coupling surface 521 and enters the waveguide 52, and is totally reflected by the front surface of the waveguide.
  • the totally reflected highly directional thin beam is reversely diffracted by the beam combiner 53 and converges at one point, namely The second pupil OP2.
  • the combined highly directional beamlet L0 can be generated by the same or similar method as in FIG. 3.
  • the MAHOE can be made as a transmissive volume holographic optical element, which can be used to realize the design scheme of multiple entrance pupils and multiple exit pupils, and realize the output of enlarged display device.
  • the purpose of Hitomi is all within the protection scope of this disclosure.
  • a micromirror array 802 is arranged on the photosensitive material film 803, which includes a plurality of micromirrors.
  • the micromirror array 802 may include a larger number of micromirrors.
  • the micromirror 802-1 and the second micromirror 802-2 are described as examples.
  • a laser (not shown) is used as a coherent light source to emit a laser beam.
  • part of the beam is collimated and expanded to form a parallel first beam 801 (plane wave), and part of the beam is collimated and expanded and then focused by a lens.
  • a second light beam 807 (divergent spherical wave) is formed. Since the first light beam 801 and the second light beam 801 come from the same coherent light source, they have coherence.
  • the first light beam 801 passes through the first lens 802-1, it is converged to a point 805 on the focal plane of the first lens 802-1, where the point 805 corresponds to the point IP2 in FIG. 10.
  • the first light beam 801 passes through the second lens 802-2, it is converged to a point 806 on the focal plane of the second lens 802-2, where the point 806 corresponds to the point IP1 in FIG. 10.
  • the first beam 801 of the plane wave passes through the lens array, it interferes with the second beam 807 of the spherical wave emitted from the point 804 in the photosensitive material film 803, thus forming an integrated holographic optical element, namely the MAHOE (Macrolens arrays holographic) in the present disclosure.
  • MAHOE Macrolens arrays holographic
  • the MAHOE element When the MAHOE element is used, after receiving the spherical wave emitted from point 804, it undergoes reverse diffraction, and the diffracted light converges on points 805 and 806.
  • the highly directional thin beams emitted from point 804 in different directions propagate to the area where the phase information of the recording lens 802-1 is recorded, the reversely diffracted high directional thin beams will propagate through point 805;
  • the directional thin beam When the directional thin beam propagates to the area where the phase information of the microlens 802-2 is recorded, the high-direction thin beam of reverse diffraction will propagate through the point 806.
  • FIGS. 9 and 10 only the light beam L0 incident on the MEMS galvanometer is shown, and other optoelectronic devices upstream of the beam of the MEMS galvanometer, such as lasers, lenses (lens groups), and beam combiners are not shown. , Optical splitter, etc., but those skilled in the art can understand that the corresponding devices and their variants in the embodiment of FIG. 3 can be easily combined into the embodiments of FIG. 9 and FIG. 10, which will not be repeated here.
  • the present disclosure also relates to a near-eye display device including the waveguide type optical component as described above.
  • the near-eye display device is, for example, a virtual reality display device or an augmented reality display device.
  • the near-eye display device further includes an image generation unit configured to generate an image with a display, the image generation unit is coupled with the beam generator, and the beam generator emits The light beams in different directions in the light beam group carry color information and/or brightness information of different pixels in the image.
  • the image generating unit is used to generate an image that needs to be presented to the user, for example.
  • the beam generator scans the image pixel by pixel, and generates a corresponding laser beam according to the red, green and blue components of each pixel, which carries color information and/or brightness information of different pixels in the image.
  • the near-eye display device projects the light beam of the pixel onto the user's eye (for example, the retina) through the waveguide type optical component, thereby imaging the user's eye.
  • the near-eye display device includes two sets of waveguide-type optical components, which respectively display the same two-dimensional image for the left and right eyes of the user for two-dimensional display or a two-dimensional image with parallax to realize a three-dimensional display based on binocular parallax .
  • FIG. 12 shows an image projection method 60 of an optical system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 12, the image projection method 60 includes:
  • step S61 generating a beam group of light cone distribution
  • step S62 coupling the beam group of the light cone distribution into the waveguide, and the beam entering the waveguide is totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air;
  • step S63 through the beam combiner located on one surface of the waveguide, the propagation direction of the light beam incident on the beam combiner is changed so that it leaves the waveguide at different angles and continues to propagate, wherein the same light source The beams of the cone-distributed beam group converge at one point after leaving the waveguide.
  • the method 60 may be implemented by, for example, the above-mentioned waveguide type optical component or an optical system having the above-mentioned waveguide type optical component.
  • the optical system has an entrance pupil and an exit pupil, the apex of the light cone is the entrance pupil, and the point where the light beams from the same light cone distribution beam group leave the waveguide is the exit pupil ,
  • the beam generator includes a light source and a microelectromechanical system, wherein the step S61 includes:
  • S611 Utilize a light source to emit a light beam carrying color information and/or brightness information of image pixels;
  • S612 Use a micro-electromechanical system to scan the light beams emitted from the light source to form the light beam group with the light cone distribution.
  • the microelectromechanical system includes a MEMS galvanometer and a MEMS galvanometer moving device.
  • the MEMS galvanometer moving device is connected to the MEMS galvanometer and enables the MEMS
  • the galvanometer moves between multiple positions, each of which corresponds to an entrance pupil of the optical system; at one position, the beams in different directions in the beam group of the light cone distribution scanned by the MEMS galvanometer pass through the beam
  • the synthesizer forms a convergence point in the free space, corresponding to an exit pupil of the optical system, wherein the image projection method further includes: changing the position of the MEMS galvanometer through the MEMS galvanometer moving device.
  • the step S61 includes:
  • a light source to emit illuminating light to illuminate a display screen
  • the light source is a monochromatic or tri-color laser light source or LED light source or an OLED light source
  • the display screen is DMD, LCOS or LCD
  • the modulated light forms a light beam with the light cone distribution.
  • the step S61 includes:
  • a light source to emit illuminating light, illuminate it on a lens, and converge to the apex of the light cone after passing through the lens, wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
  • the light beam passing through the lens irradiates a display screen located between the lens and the apex.
  • the display screen is DMD, LCOS or LCD.
  • the display screen loads an image, and according to the image, The light beam irradiated from the lens is modulated.
  • various exemplary display devices can be made into two sets to provide images for the left and right eyes of a person, respectively. If the images displayed for the left and right eyes contain binocular parallax image information, the binocular can be realized. Three-dimensional display of parallax; if the images displayed by the left and right eyes are ordinary two-dimensional images, ordinary two-dimensional display can be realized. It should be understood that the display technology implemented by the device is a display technology of retinal imaging, and the implemented three-dimensional display reduces or eliminates the problem of convergence conflict.
  • the waveguide type optical component according to the first aspect of the present disclosure is described above, which includes a waveguide and a beam combiner.
  • the beam combiner is attached to a surface of the waveguide for changing the propagation direction of the light beam incident thereon, for example, The incident light beams from the same light cone leave the waveguide and continue to propagate and converge to one point. The incident light beams from multiple light cones finally converge to multiple points.
  • the beam combiner can be manufactured and implemented in various ways. The following describes a particularly preferred manufacturing method discovered by the inventor of the present application, which is particularly suitable for manufacturing a beam combiner or volume holographic optical element suitable for the waveguide type optical component of the first aspect of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 13 shows a manufacturing method 70 of an optical element according to the second aspect of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14 shows a schematic diagram of the optical path of the beam combiner manufactured by the manufacturing method 70. This will be described in detail below in conjunction with FIG. 13 and FIG. 14.
  • the manufacturing method 70 includes:
  • step S71 a waveguide is provided, the waveguide has a coupling surface, and the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate is attached to the surface of the waveguide.
  • the waveguide 214 has a coupling surface 213 for coupling the light beam incident thereon into the waveguide 214.
  • the outside of a part of the surface of the waveguide 214 is air. Since the refractive index of the waveguide 214 is greater than the refractive index of air, if the light beam coupled into the waveguide meets the angle of incidence conditions, the entire interface will occur at the interface between the waveguide 214 and the air. reflection.
  • the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 is attached to a surface of the waveguide 214.
  • the waveguide 214 may, for example, be the same as the waveguide shown in FIGS. 1-10, or have at least partially the same optical and/or geometric parameters.
  • step S72 a laser is used to emit laser light.
  • FIG. 14 shows three lasers 201, 202, and 203, for example, a red laser 203, a green laser 202, and a blue laser 201, respectively.
  • a red laser 203 for example, a red laser 203
  • a green laser 202 for example, a green laser 202
  • a blue laser 201 for example, a blue laser 201
  • FIG. 13 shows three lasers 201, 202, and 203, for example, a red laser 203, a green laser 202, and a blue laser 201, respectively.
  • the beam combiner includes a first beam splitter 204, a second beam splitter 205, and a third beam splitter 206.
  • the first beam splitter 204 is arranged downstream of the optical path of the laser 201, which is, for example, an optical thin film beam splitter corresponding to the wavelength of the blue laser emitted by the laser 201, which can cause the blue light emitted by the laser 201 to reflect, and colors other than blue light The light is transmitted.
  • the second beam splitter 205 is located downstream of the laser 202, so that the green light emitted by the laser 202 is reflected, and light of colors other than green is transmitted;
  • the third beam splitter 206 is located downstream of the laser 203, so that the red light emitted by the laser 203 is transmitted. Light is reflected, and light of colors other than red is transmitted.
  • the reflection paths of the first beam splitter 204, the second beam splitter 205, and the third beam splitter 206 are set to be the same, as shown in FIG. 14. Therefore, the light beams reflected from the three beam splitters are finally combined into a highly directional thin beam L00.
  • the combined laser beam is filtered and collimated and expanded.
  • the combined laser beam is incident on the microscope objective lens and the pinhole filter 207, and the high-directivity beam is concentrated in the pinhole at high power for filtering, and then emits a high-quality spherical wave, which is incident on the collimating lens. 208.
  • the pinhole filter 207 is located at the focal plane of the collimating lens 208, so the light wave emitted from the pinhole filter 207 is converted into a high-quality plane wave laser beam L00' after passing through the collimating lens 208.
  • step S73 the laser beam L00' is split into a first laser beam and a second laser beam.
  • the beam splitter 209 can be passed through, for example, a semi-reflective semi-transparent film, so that the light beam incident thereon is partially reflected, partially transmitted, and divided into the first laser beam L11 and the second laser beam.
  • L22, and the first laser beam L11 and the second laser beam L22 originate from the same laser beam, so they have strong coherence.
  • step S74 the first laser beam L11 is converged to a first point outside the waveguide 214, and is emitted to the coupling surface 213 of the waveguide 214, enters the waveguide 214, and enters the waveguide 214.
  • the interface with the air is totally reflected and incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216.
  • the first laser beam L11 passes through the mirror 210 and the first lens 211, and then converges to the first point 212, for example, the focal point of the first lens 211 or a point on the focal plane, forming a cone-shaped beam, and It is incident on the coupling surface 213 of the waveguide 214 and when the angle of incidence condition is satisfied, total reflection occurs inside the waveguide 214, and after one or more total reflections, it is incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216.
  • the mirror 201 and the first lens 211 are only an implementation manner for converging the first laser beam L11 to the first point 212. The scope of protection of the present disclosure is not limited to this, and other methods can be conceived.
  • the light beam L11 converges to the first point 212.
  • step S75 the second laser beam L22 is made to pass through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 and then converge to a second point 215 outside the waveguide 214.
  • the second laser beam L22 may pass through the second lens 217 to be condensed, for example.
  • the second point may not be the focus of the second lens 217 or be located on the focal plane. Because the second laser beam may be refracted when passing through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate and/or waveguide, the convergent second point 215 may be located in front of or behind the focal point or focal plane of the second lens 217.
  • the first laser beam converged to the first point 212 and totally reflected inside the waveguide is the signal light
  • the second laser beam converged to the second point is the reference light.
  • the interior of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 is exposed to interference, thereby obtaining a volume holographic optical element.
  • the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate 216 After the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate 216 is exposed, it can be used in the waveguide type optical component of the first aspect of the present disclosure to modulate one or more incident light beams of specific wavelengths.
  • the laser wavelength emitted by the laser in step S72 may be the same or similar to the corresponding wavelength during display.
  • the wavelength difference within 20 nm can be called similar.
  • the wavelength of the red laser 203 in FIG. 14 is the same as or similar to that of the first laser 1111 in FIG. 3
  • the wavelength of the green laser 202 is the same or similar to that of the second laser 1112 in FIG.
  • the wavelength of the third laser 1113 is the same or similar.
  • the color display achieved is a sequential color display
  • the wavelength range of the red, green, blue LED or OLED used should include the photosensitive film or
  • the red, green, blue LED or OLED light with a wider wavelength range will be displayed through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate.
  • 216 performs screening to diffract only the light of the wavelength that meets the Bragg condition, so that the color saturation of the displayed image is high.
  • the LCD is plated with color filters, and the displayed colors are displayed at the same time instead of a sequential color display scheme.
  • red can be used.
  • Green, blue LED or OLED photosynthesized beams can also be used for illumination.
  • White light can also be used for illumination.
  • the light after the color filter carries the diffraction and intensity information of the image. The bandwidth of each color light wave is large, and it is still in the final imaging.
  • the wavelength can be selected by the realized beam combiner to realize the color display effect with high saturation.
  • the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate after interference exposure in step S76 may need to undergo some subsequent processing.
  • subsequent processing steps such as ultraviolet curing and thermal curing.
  • the protection scope of the present disclosure is not limited to the subsequent processing steps.
  • the exposed photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 may be used as a beam combiner in the waveguide type optical assembly according to the first aspect of the present disclosure, but the protection scope of the present disclosure is not limited thereto.
  • the laser used for the above exposure is, for example, a single longitudinal mode laser, which has strong coherence.
  • the laser used as a display light source can be a low-coherence multi-longitudinal-mode laser, or an LED or OLED light source with a corresponding color wavelength.
  • the waveguide in the waveguide type optical component can be the same as the waveguide used in making the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216.
  • 214 is exactly the same.
  • Point 212 corresponds to the entrance pupil of the waveguide-type optical component, so as to ensure that the cone-shaped light beam enters the waveguide and irradiates the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 through total reflection, and can be modulated by diffraction and converged to the waveguide-type The exit pupil of the optical element.
  • the waveguide in the waveguide type optical component may not be exactly the same as the waveguide 214 used in the production of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate 216, but have at least part of the same optical and/or collective parameters, thereby ensuring a light cone-shaped beam,
  • the irradiation direction of total reflection to different positions on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 is the same or similar to the direction of the light totally reflected inside 216 when the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 is made, and can be diffracted After being modulated, it is converged to the exit pupil of the waveguide optical element.
  • the physical parameters of the waveguide used for recording and the physical parameters of the waveguide used for display may be different.
  • the waveguide in the waveguide-type optical component is configured such that the angle of the light beam incident on each point on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 attached to it is different from the angle of the light beam incident on the inside of the waveguide after being totally reflected when the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 is made.
  • the angle of the light beam at that point on the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate 216 is the same. Therefore, it is ensured that the waveguide and photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 in the waveguide type optical component can reasonably modulate the coupled light beam.
  • the photosensitive material on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 is a full-color photosensitive material.
  • the step S72 includes: using a plurality of lasers to emit laser beams of different wavelengths, which are combined and emitted; the step S76 includes: corresponding to different wavelengths of the plurality of lasers, simultaneously performing interference exposure inside the photosensitive material. In this way, a full-color volume holographic optical element can be formed in one exposure.
  • the photosensitive material on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 is a full-color photosensitive material
  • the step S72 includes: successively using a plurality of lasers to emit laser beams of different wavelengths
  • the step S76 includes: Corresponding to different wavelengths of the multiple lasers, multiple interference exposures are successively performed inside the photosensitive material.
  • a blue laser beam is first emitted by a blue laser 201, and an exposure is performed in the photosensitive material on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216; then the green laser 202 is caused to emit a green laser beam, One exposure is performed in the photosensitive material on the film or photosensitive plate 216.
  • the red laser 203 is made to emit a red laser beam to perform one exposure in the photosensitive material on the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate 216.
  • full-color volume holographic optical elements can also be formed.
  • the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 is a monochromatic photosensitive material, for example, only sensitive to red light.
  • the step S62 includes: using a laser to emit and emit a laser beam with a wavelength corresponding to the monochromatic photosensitive material; and the step S106 includes: corresponding to the wavelength of the laser, interfering inside the photosensitive material Exposure to obtain the volume holographic optical element corresponding to the wavelength.
  • the volume holographic optical element thus formed is a monochromatic volume holographic optical element.
  • the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate that can be exposed to light of different wavelengths can also be replaced, through the steps S72, S73, S74, and S75. And S76, obtaining a plurality of volume holographic optical elements corresponding to the different wavelengths. For example, after the red volume holographic optical element is formed, the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate sensitive to blue light is replaced, and the laser is emitted by a blue laser and exposed to form a blue volume holographic optical element. Then the green volume holographic optical element is formed.
  • the monochromatic volume holographic optical element formed in this way can be used alone, or it can be accurately aligned and stacked to be used as a beam combiner in the waveguide type optical component of the first aspect of the present disclosure, such as shown in FIG. 7 Shown.
  • the finally formed volume holographic optical element is a reflective volume holographic optical element.
  • the method 70 of the present disclosure can also be used to form a transmissive volume holographic optical element. This is described in detail below with reference to FIG.
  • the laser beams emitted by lasers 1101, 1102, 1103 corresponding to different wavelengths, for example, are combined by beam splitters 1104, 1105, and 1106 to form a highly directional beam L00, and then pass through a microscope objective lens Together with the pinhole 1107, the highly directional thin beams are concentrated in the pinhole at high power for filtering, and a high-quality spherical wave is emitted, which is incident on the collimating lens 1108.
  • the pinhole filter 1107 is located at the focal plane of the collimating lens 1108, so the light wave emitted from the pinhole filter 1107 is converted into a high-quality plane wave L00' after passing through the collimating lens 1108.
  • the high-quality plane wave L00' is split into a first laser beam L11 and a second laser beam L22 through a beam splitter 1109, where the first laser beam L11 is similar to the first laser beam in FIG. 14, for example, after passing through a mirror 1110 and a first lens 1111 , Converges to the first point 1112, and then incident on the coupling surface 1113 of the waveguide 1115, enters the waveguide 1115, and is totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air, and is incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive film on the surface of the waveguide. Board 1116.
  • the second laser beam L22 passes through the mirrors 1117 and 1118 and is incident on the second lens 1114. Different from the structure of FIG. 14, the second lens 1114 in FIG.
  • the second lens 1114 is, for example, a convex lens, so it can converge the parallel second laser beam L22 to the second point 1119. It is easy for those skilled in the art to understand that the second point 1119 may not be the focal point or focal plane of the second lens 1114, but is located in front of or behind the focal point or focal plane. This is because light may be refracted at the interface of different materials. .
  • the first laser beam L11 is refracted by the coupling surface 1113 into the waveguide 1115, is totally reflected on the upper surface of the waveguide 1115, and then is incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 1116 as signal light.
  • the second laser beam L22 is reflected by the mirrors 1117 and 1118, it enters the second lens 1114 and becomes a convergent spherical wave.
  • the convergent point is 1119 (on the other side of the photosensitive film or plate 1116), and the convergent light is the reference light.
  • the signal light and the reference light interfere with the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate 1116 to obtain a transmissive optical element 1116, which can be used in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, for example.
  • Figure 16 shows another preferred embodiment according to the present disclosure.
  • the difference from FIG. 14 is that the concave mirror 1214 is located on the side of the waveguide opposite to the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 1216.
  • the second laser beam L22 is converged in the reverse direction by the concave mirror 1214, the convergence point is the second point 1217, and the spherical wave converged in the reverse direction is the reference light.
  • the first laser beam L11 passes through the lens 1211 and converges at the first point 1212.
  • the first point 1212 is consistent with the entrance pupil position in the first aspect of the present disclosure, and then diverges and continues to propagate, and is refracted into the waveguide through the coupling surface 1213 of the waveguide 1215 In this, total reflection occurs on the upper surface of the waveguide 1215, and then incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 1116, and the reflected light is signal light.
  • the reference light and the signal light interfere in the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 1116 to form a volume holographic optical element.
  • the waveguide type optical component may have multiple entrance pupils and multiple exit pupils.
  • the first laser beam is converged to the first point
  • the second laser beam is converged to the second point
  • interference exposure is performed in the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate.
  • Step S77 Make the first laser beam converge to a third point outside the waveguide, and exit to the coupling surface of the waveguide, enter the waveguide, and cause total reflection at the interface between the waveguide and air , And incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate, wherein the third point is different from the first point;
  • Step S78 making the second laser beam pass through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate and then converge to a fourth point outside the waveguide, wherein the fourth point is different from the second point;
  • Step S79 The first laser beam converged to the third point and totally reflected inside the waveguide and the second laser beam converged to the fourth point are inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate Produce interference exposure.
  • the volume holographic optical elements 216, 1116, 1216 and their corresponding waveguides 214, 1115, and 1215 thus formed can be used in the waveguide type optical element described in the first aspect of the present disclosure.
  • the apex of the light cone mentioned in the first aspect of the present disclosure is located at the first points 212, 1112, 1212. I won't repeat them here.
  • the method further includes: using the obtained volume holographic optical element as a master, and copying other volume holographic optical elements.
  • the above-mentioned manufacturing process is relatively complicated, and the cost can be reduced by using the volume holographic optical element manufactured by the above-mentioned method as a master for large-scale replication.
  • the method for copying or manufacturing the beam combiner is described in detail below.
  • a method 80 for manufacturing a beam combiner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure includes:
  • step S81 the volume holographic optical element prepared by the above method is provided as a master, wherein the master is a reflective volume holographic optical element.
  • a waveguide is provided, the waveguide has a coupling surface to couple light waves into the inside of the waveguide, the light waves are totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air, and the waveguide and the volume holographic optical element are made
  • the waveguides used have at least part of the same optical and/or geometric parameters;
  • step S83 attach a photosensitive film or photosensitive plate to the surface of the waveguide;
  • step S84 attach the master to the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate
  • step S85 a divergent spherical wave is emitted from a position corresponding to the first point when the volume holographic optical element is made and is incident on the coupling surface of the waveguide, and one or more full waves occur at the interface between the waveguide and the air.
  • the plate is converged to the position corresponding to the second point, and the light incident on the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate and the reverse diffracted light will interfere and expose inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate to obtain a new Reflective volume holographic optical element.
  • the waveguide 303 has a coupling surface 302, a photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 305 is attached to the surface of the waveguide 303, and a master 306 is attached to the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 305.
  • the waveguide 303 is, for example, the same as the waveguide when the master 306 is made, or has at least partially the same optical and/or geometric parameters.
  • the position of the master 306 and the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate 305 relative to the waveguide 303 is set with reference to the position of the master 306 relative to the waveguide when the master 306 is made, so as to maintain consistency.
  • the point 301 corresponds to the first point when the master 306 is made, that is, the converging point of the first laser beam L11 when the master 306 is made.
  • the diverging spherical wave emitted from the position of the point 301 is incident on the coupling surface 302 of the waveguide 303, enters the inside of the waveguide, and undergoes one or more total reflections at the interface between the waveguide and the air and is incident on the photosensitive film Or the photosensitive plate 305, passing through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 305 and incident on the master 306, is reversely diffracted by the master 306, and the reverse diffracted light passes through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 306 and is converged
  • the light incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate and the reverse diffracted light are inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate Interference exposure occurs, and a new reflective volume holographic optical element 305 is obtained.
  • the diverging spherical wave emitted from the point 301 is coupled into the waveguide 303 through the coupling surface 302, and passes through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 305 and the master 306 after being totally reflected on the upper surface.
  • the light irradiated on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 305 is signal light.
  • the light irradiated on the master 306 reproduces the convergent spherical wave converging in the opposite direction at the point 304, which is the reference light.
  • the reference light and the signal light interfere inside the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate 305 to form a new reflective volume holographic optical element 305.
  • the formed new reflective volume holographic optical element 305 and the waveguide 303 can be used in the waveguide type optical element according to the first aspect of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 18B.
  • the waveguide 303 used when copying the master can be the same as the waveguide 214 used when making the master, and the point 301 corresponds to the point 212, so as to ensure accurate copying.
  • the waveguide 303 used when copying the master may not be exactly the same as the waveguide used when making the master, but both have at least partially the same optical and/or geometric parameters.
  • the waveguide 303 used when copying the master is configured such that the angle of the light beam incident on each point on the master 306 and the angle of the light beam incident on the point on the master after being totally reflected inside the waveguide when the master 306 is made, The two are the same or similar. This ensures that the obtained reflective volume holographic optical element 305 will be an accurate copy of the master.
  • the step S85 includes: successively emitting laser beams of different wavelengths so as to be on the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate. Multiple interference exposures occur inside the photosensitive material or laser beams of different wavelengths are emitted simultaneously to simultaneously cause interference exposure inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate.
  • the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a monochromatic photosensitive material
  • the step S85 includes: emitting a laser beam with a wavelength corresponding to the monochromatic photosensitive material to irradiate the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate. A single interference exposure occurs inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive plate.
  • FIG. 19 shows a method 90 of manufacturing a beam combiner according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the method 90 includes:
  • S91 Provide a volume holographic optical element prepared by the method described above as a master, wherein the master is a transmissive volume holographic optical element.
  • S92 Provide a waveguide.
  • the waveguide has a coupling surface to couple light waves into the waveguide.
  • the light beam is totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air.
  • the waveguide and the volume holographic optical element used The waveguides have at least partially the same optical and/or geometric parameters.
  • a diverging spherical wave is emitted from a position corresponding to the first point when the volume holographic optical element is made and is incident on the coupling surface of the waveguide, and one or more total reflections occur at the interface between the waveguide and the air.
  • the light incident on the master and emitted from the master includes transmitted light that has not been diffracted and condensed light diffracted by the master.
  • the converging point of the condensed light corresponds to the second point, so The undiffracted transmitted light and diffracted convergent light continue to propagate into the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate, and interference exposure occurs inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate to obtain a new transmissive volume holographic optical element.
  • the waveguide 1803 has a coupling surface 1802, a master 1804 is attached to the surface of the waveguide 1803, and a photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 305 is attached to the master 1804.
  • the waveguide 1803 is, for example, the same as the waveguide when the master 1804 is made, or has at least partially the same optical and/or geometric parameters.
  • the point 1801 corresponds to the first point when the master 1804 is made, that is, the converging point of the first laser beam L11 when the master 1804 is made.
  • a divergent spherical wave emitted from the position of the point 1801 is incident on the coupling surface 1802 of the waveguide 1803, and one or more total reflections occur at the interface between the waveguide and the air and are incident on the master 1804.
  • the light emitted by the master includes the transmitted light that has not been diffracted and the condensed light diffracted by the master.
  • the convergent point of the condensed light is connected to the second point 1806 (that is, the second point 1806 when the master 1804 is produced).
  • the undiffracted transmitted light and diffracted convergent light continue to propagate into the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 1805, and interference exposure occurs inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate to obtain a new transmission Type volume holographic optical element.
  • the diverging spherical wave emitted from point 1801 is coupled into the waveguide 1803 through the coupling surface 1802, and after being totally reflected on its upper surface, it passes through the master 1804 and the photosensitive film or plate 1805, and illuminates the light on the photosensitive film or plate 1805.
  • the light illuminating on the master 1804 reproduces the convergent spherical wave converging in the opposite direction at the point 1806, which is the reference light.
  • the reference light and the signal light interfere inside the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 1805 to form a new transmissive volume holographic optical element 1805.
  • the formed new reflective volume holographic optical element 1805 and the waveguide 1803 can be used in the waveguide type optical element according to the first aspect of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 20B.
  • the waveguide 1803 used when copying the master 1804 can be the same as the waveguide 1115 or 1215 used when making the master 1804.
  • the point 301 corresponds to the point 1112 or 1212 to ensure accurate copy.
  • the waveguide 1803 used in replicating the master may not be exactly the same as the waveguide used in making the master, but both have at least partially the same optical and/or geometric parameters.
  • the waveguide 1803 used when copying the master is configured such that: the angle of the light beam incident on each point on the master 1804 and the angle of the light beam incident on the master after total reflection inside the waveguide when the master 1804 is made, Both are the same. This ensures that the resulting transmissive volume holographic optical element 1805 will be a copy of the master 1804.
  • the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a full-color photosensitive material
  • the step S305 includes: successively emitting laser beams of different wavelengths to lighten the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate. Multiple interference exposures occur inside the material or laser beams of different wavelengths are emitted at the same time to simultaneously cause interference exposure inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate.
  • the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a monochromatic photosensitive material
  • the step S305 includes: emitting a laser beam with a wavelength corresponding to the monochromatic photosensitive material to irradiate the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate. A single interference exposure occurs inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive plate.
  • the present disclosure also relates to a volume holographic optical element made by the methods 70, 80, 90 as described above, wherein the volume holographic optical element is a transmissive volume holographic optical element or a reflective volume holographic optical element.
  • the present disclosure also relates to a waveguide type optical component, which includes:
  • the beam generator is configured to form a beam group with a light cone distribution
  • a waveguide the waveguide having a coupling surface for coupling the light beams in the light beam group into the waveguide, and the light beams coupled into the waveguide are totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air;
  • the beam combiner made by the method 80 or 90 as described above is attached to a surface of the waveguide, and the propagation direction of the beam incident on it is changed so that it leaves the waveguide at different angles and continues to propagate, wherein The light beams from the beam group of the same light cone distribution converge at one point after leaving the waveguide.
  • the structure of the waveguide type optical component is, for example, as shown in Figs. 1-10. Therefore, any feature or combination of features of the waveguide type optical component of the first aspect of the present disclosure can be used in the waveguide type optical component of the second aspect of the present disclosure. No longer.
  • the waveguide type optical component has an entrance pupil and an exit pupil, and the apex of the light cone is the entrance pupil, and the light beams from the same light cone distribution beam group The point where it converges after leaving the waveguide is the exit pupil.
  • the beam generator includes a light source and a microelectromechanical system
  • the light source is configured to generate light beams carrying color information and/or brightness information of image pixels;
  • the micro-electromechanical system is configured to scan the light beams emitted from the light source to form a beam group with the light cone distribution,
  • the light source is preferably a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source.
  • the beam generator includes:
  • a light source wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
  • One or more of DMD, LCOS, and LCD are configured to load an image, and according to the image, the light irradiated by the light source is modulated;
  • a diaphragm or lens is configured to receive the modulated light to form a light beam of the light cone distribution.
  • the beam generator includes:
  • a light source wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
  • a lens configured to receive the divergent light emitted by the light source and converge to the apex of the light cone;
  • One or more of DMD, LCOS, LCD located between the lens and the vertex, and configured to load an image, and modulate the light irradiated on it after passing through the lens according to the image .
  • the microelectromechanical system includes a MEMS galvanometer
  • the light source is a thin beam light source
  • the multiple lasers are coupled, and the multiple lasers are controlled to emit laser beams, and the laser beams of the multiple lasers are incident on the beam combiner and combined into nearly parallel beams with overlapping propagation paths in space.
  • the beam combiner includes a lens group and optical film splitters corresponding to the wavelengths of the plurality of lasers, wherein the lens group is configured to adjust the The divergence angle and/or diameter of the laser beam emitted by the laser is projected onto the corresponding optical film splitter, and after reflection or transmission, the nearly parallel thin beams with overlapping propagation paths in space are formed.
  • the beam combiner further includes an aperture, a wave plate, a polarizing plate, and an attenuator arranged between the lens group and the optical film splitter, and the beam combiner also It includes a micro motor coupled with the lens group, and the micro motor can adjust the relative position between the lenses in the lens group to adjust the divergence angle and/or diameter of the light beam emitted from the lens group.
  • the light beams in different directions in the light beam group carry color information and/or brightness information of different image pixels.
  • the beam combiner includes a diffractive optical element, and the light beam coupled into the waveguide is totally reflected at the junction of the waveguide and the air, and when it is incident on the diffractive optical element at different positions Diffraction occurs, and the propagation direction of the diffracted light changes and leaves the waveguide to continue to propagate, wherein the beams from the beam group of the same light cone distribution converge at one point after leaving the waveguide.
  • the convex coupling structure intersects the plane where the beam combiner is located, and the intersecting position can be used Positioning is used to attach the synthesizer to the waveguide.
  • the diffractive optical element is a volume holographic optical element, a transmissive volume holographic optical element or a reflective volume holographic optical element
  • the light source includes a plurality of lasers, and the plurality of lasers are configured It can emit laser beams of different wavelengths.
  • the volume holographic optical element includes a single color volume holographic optical element, and the single color volume holographic optical element diffracts laser light of different wavelengths from the multiple lasers.
  • the volume holographic optical element includes a plurality of monochromatic volume holographic optical elements accurately aligned and stacked together, corresponding to the number of the plurality of lasers, each monochromatic volume holographic optical element The element only diffracts laser light of the corresponding wavelength, but does not diffract laser light of other wavelengths.
  • the volume holographic optical element includes a plurality of volume holographic optical elements accurately aligned and stacked together
  • the number of the plurality of volume holographic optical elements is less than the number of the plurality of lasers, so At least one of the plurality of volume holographic optical elements diffracts the laser light of at least two wavelengths of the plurality of lasers, but does not diffract the laser light of other wavelengths; while the remaining volume holographic optical elements affect the remaining
  • the laser of one wavelength among other wavelengths has a diffraction effect, but the laser of other wavelengths does not have a diffraction effect.
  • the volume holographic optical element includes a monochromatic volume holographic optical element, which only diffracts laser light of one wavelength.
  • the waveguide-type optical component further includes a concave lens attached to the coupling surface of the waveguide or located between the beam generator and the waveguide-type optical component Between the concave lens, so that the light beams from different directions in the light beam group of the light cone distribution from the light beam generator enter the waveguide with a larger refraction angle.
  • the waveguide-type optical assembly further includes a MEMS galvanometer moving device, which is connected to the MEMS galvanometer and enables the MEMS galvanometer Move between multiple positions, each position corresponds to an entrance pupil; at one position, the beams of different directions in the beam group of the light cone distribution scanned by the MEMS galvanometer are formed in a free space by the beam combiner The convergence point corresponds to an exit pupil.
  • a MEMS galvanometer moving device which is connected to the MEMS galvanometer and enables the MEMS galvanometer Move between multiple positions, each position corresponds to an entrance pupil; at one position, the beams of different directions in the beam group of the light cone distribution scanned by the MEMS galvanometer are formed in a free space by the beam combiner
  • the convergence point corresponds to an exit pupil.
  • the microelectromechanical system includes a MAHOE optical element and a MEMS galvanometer
  • the MAHOE optical element has at least a first area and a second area
  • the entrance pupil includes at least A first entrance pupil and a second entrance pupil
  • the exit pupil includes at least a first exit pupil and a second exit pupil
  • the light beam emitted from the light source is scanned by the MEMS galvanometer and irradiated to the MAHOE optical element
  • the light beam irradiated on the first area is reversely diffracted by the first area of the MAHOE optical element, and the diffracted light is converged to the first entrance pupil at different angles to form
  • the divergent light-cone-distributed beam group enters the waveguide and is diffracted by the beam combiner.
  • the diffracted light in different directions continues to propagate and converges at the first exit pupil;
  • the light beam on the area is reversely diffracted by the second area of the MAHOE optical element.
  • the diffracted light is converged to the second entrance pupil at different angles to form a divergent light cone distribution beam group, enters the waveguide, and is The beam combiner diffracts, and after leaving the waveguide, the diffracted lights in different directions continue to propagate and converge on the second exit pupil.
  • the present disclosure also relates to a near-eye display device including the waveguide type optical component as described above.
  • the near-eye display device is, for example, a virtual reality display device or an augmented reality display device.
  • the near-eye display device further includes an image generation unit configured to generate an image with a display, the image generation unit is coupled with the light beam generator, and the light beam emitted by the light beam generator The light beams in different directions in the group carry color information and/or brightness information of different pixels in the image.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure may be implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the hardware part can be implemented using dedicated logic; the software part can be stored in a memory and executed by an appropriate instruction execution system, such as a microprocessor or dedicated design hardware.
  • an appropriate instruction execution system such as a microprocessor or dedicated design hardware.
  • Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that the above-mentioned devices and methods can be implemented using computer-executable instructions and/or included in processor control codes, for example, on a carrier medium such as a disk, CD or DVD-ROM, such as a read-only memory.
  • Such codes are provided on a programmable memory (firmware) or a data carrier such as an optical or electronic signal carrier.
  • the device and its modules of the present disclosure can be implemented by hardware circuits such as very large scale integrated circuits or gate arrays, semiconductors such as logic chips, transistors, etc., or programmable hardware devices such as field programmable gate arrays, programmable logic devices, etc., It can also be implemented by software executed by various types of processors, or can be implemented by a combination of the above hardware circuit and software, such as firmware.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)

Abstract

A waveguide-type optical assembly (10, 20, 30, 40, 50), comprising: a light beam generator (11, 31) configured to form a light beam group of light cone distribution; a waveguide (12, 42, 52), the waveguide (12, 42, 52) having a coupling-in surface (121, 421, 521) for coupling light beams in the light beam group into the waveguide (12, 42, 52), the light beams coupled into the waveguide (12, 42, 52) being totally reflected at an interface between the waveguide (12, 42, 52) and air; and a light beam combiner (13, 43, 53), attached to a surface of the waveguide (12, 42, 52), for changing the propagation direction of light beams incident thereon, so that the light beams leave the waveguide (12, 42, 52) at different angles and continue to propagate, light beams from the light beam group of the same light cone distribution converging at one point after leaving the waveguide (12, 42, 52). An optical element manufacturing method, which can be used for manufacturing the light beam combiner (13, 43, 53). With regard to the problem of a complex large-volume optical assembly in a traditional retinal imaging optical display technique, the waveguide-type optical assembly (10, 20, 30, 40, 50) achieves a compact display module by means of a combination of the waveguide (12, 42, 52) and the light beam combiner (13, 43, 53) , and has an important application value in the fields of near-eye AR and VR display.

Description

波导型光学组件、近眼显示装置、图像投射方法、光学元件制造方法和光束合成器制造方法Waveguide type optical component, near-eye display device, image projection method, optical element manufacturing method, and beam combiner manufacturing method 技术领域Technical field
本公开大致涉及光学技术领域,尤其涉及一种波导型光学组件、包括该波导型光学组件的近眼显示装置、图像投射方法、光学元件制造方法以及光束合成器制造方法。The present disclosure generally relates to the field of optical technology, and more particularly to a waveguide type optical component, a near-eye display device including the waveguide type optical component, an image projection method, an optical element manufacturing method, and a beam combiner manufacturing method.
背景技术Background technique
随着计算机技术和显示技术的发展,通过计算机仿真系统来体验虚拟世界的虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)技术以及将显示内容融合到真实环境背景中的增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)技术和混合现实(Mixed Reality,MR)技术已经迅猛发展。With the development of computer technology and display technology, virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) technology to experience the virtual world through computer simulation systems, and augmented reality (AR) technology and hybrids that integrate display content into the background of the real environment Reality (Mixed Reality, MR) technology has developed rapidly.
近眼显示是上述VR、AR和MR技术发展的重要技术热点。近眼显示的VR技术主要追求浸没式大视场的虚拟显示,对应的是虚拟现实显示头盔。而近眼AR和MR技术的目的是实现透视式的虚实融合,对应的是增强现实智能眼镜。原则上,用于AR以及MR的近眼显示装置,在阻挡了外界环境光进入使用者眼睛的情况下,也叫做增强现实技术。Near-eye display is an important technical hotspot in the development of the aforementioned VR, AR and MR technologies. Near-eye display VR technology mainly pursues virtual display with immersive large field of view, which corresponds to a virtual reality display helmet. The purpose of near-eye AR and MR technology is to achieve a perspective fusion of virtual and real, which corresponds to augmented reality smart glasses. In principle, near-eye display devices used for AR and MR are also called augmented reality technology when they block ambient light from entering the user's eyes.
近眼显示装置通常构造为头戴式显示装置或眼镜形态的显示装置,用于将微显示芯片显示的图像,通过光学系统成像于远处,人眼直接通过近眼显示装置看到显示的放大的位于远处的图像,同时会结合SLAM技术实现空间感知定位,通过手势识别,眼球跟踪的技术实现交互,是一个具有重要潜在应用价值的新型显示技术,被认为是有望“取代智能手机”的新型显示技术。The near-eye display device is usually configured as a head-mounted display device or a display device in the form of glasses, which is used to image the image displayed by the microdisplay chip at a distance through the optical system, and the human eye directly sees the enlarged location of the display through the near-eye display device. The remote image will also be combined with SLAM technology to realize spatial perception and positioning, and interact through gesture recognition and eye tracking technology. It is a new display technology with important potential application value and is considered to be a new display that is expected to "replace smart phones." technology.
近年来,虚拟现实显示设备呈现出爆炸性的发展,设备种类诸多。如Oculus、HTC、Sony、Samsung等国际巨头公司,都分别推出了虚拟现实头盔显示装置,国内的PICO,大鹏光电等也在积极进行虚拟现实显示产品的研发。用于这些虚拟现实头盔显示器的近眼显示装置大多是基于单一正透镜成像原理的,也即通过在单一正透镜的物方焦平面附近放置显示器,使得该显示器通过该单一正透镜后在透镜的物方无穷远处成正立、放大的虚像。In recent years, virtual reality display devices have shown explosive development, with many types of devices. International giants such as Oculus, HTC, Sony, and Samsung have launched virtual reality helmet display devices. Domestic PICO and Dapeng Optoelectronics are also actively developing virtual reality display products. Most of the near-eye display devices used in these virtual reality head-mounted displays are based on the imaging principle of a single positive lens, that is, by placing the display near the object focal plane of a single positive lens, the display is placed on the object of the lens after passing through the single positive lens. An upright, enlarged virtual image at infinity.
用于AR和MR的近眼显示装置同样在近年来得到很大发展。如Microsoft公司和MaigcLeap公司等都推出了基于增强现实光学引擎的增强现实产品,其增强现实光学引擎利用了衍射光波导实现了图像的耦入、耦出和扩瞳等功能。所述的技术实现了基于双目视差的三维显示或双层深度的体显示或普通的二维显示。国内的珑璟光电,奈德佳,谷东科技等采用阵列波导或自由曲面AR目镜的方式实现增强现实。采用该技术可实现二维现实或三维现实,但实现的三维显示,辐辏冲突问题存在,即观看者的人眼聚焦和双目视轴汇聚不一致,导致的视觉疲劳,眩晕等问题,尤其是观看距离较近的虚拟场景时,不适感更加强烈。长期佩戴此种类型的近眼显示装置,对视力发育尚未成熟的青少年的视力情况有着潜在的危害。Near-eye display devices for AR and MR have also been greatly developed in recent years. For example, Microsoft and MaigcLeap have introduced augmented reality products based on augmented reality optical engines. Their augmented reality optical engines use diffractive optical waveguides to achieve image coupling, coupling, and pupil dilation functions. The described technology realizes a three-dimensional display based on binocular parallax or a double-depth volume display or a normal two-dimensional display. Domestic Longjing Optoelectronics, Naidejia, Gudong Technology, etc. use arrayed waveguides or free-form AR eyepieces to achieve augmented reality. This technology can be used to achieve two-dimensional reality or three-dimensional reality, but the achieved three-dimensional display has a problem of convergence conflict, that is, the viewer’s eye focus and binocular axis convergence are inconsistent, resulting in visual fatigue, dizziness and other problems, especially when watching When the distance is closer, the discomfort is more intense. Wearing this type of near-eye display device for a long time has potential harm to the vision of young people whose vision is not mature.
目前对于增强现实的头盔或者眼镜来说,最大的挑战之一就在开发出尺寸更小更加紧促的光学显示核心组件,实现无辐辏冲突的三维显示技术或舒适的二维显示。使得用户更乐于长时间佩戴,并满足特定场合使用的一些具体要求。At present, one of the biggest challenges for augmented reality helmets or glasses is to develop a smaller and more compact optical display core component to achieve a three-dimensional display technology without convergence conflict or a comfortable two-dimensional display. Make users more willing to wear for a long time, and meet some specific requirements for use in specific occasions.
另外,视网膜成像技术是通过光学手段,将图像直接投影至视网膜的显示技术,传统的视网膜成像技术,通过LCOS等显示芯片作为图像载体,通过透镜系统进行成像,使用半透半反镜将图像导入人眼,环境光透过人眼实现穿透式显示,该方案透镜组体积较大,半透半反镜会将环境光亮度衰减一半,实现紧凑型的不衰减环境光的大视场的显示模组是视网膜成像技术亟待解决的重要问题。In addition, retinal imaging technology is a display technology that directly projects an image to the retina through optical means. The traditional retinal imaging technology uses a display chip such as LCOS as the image carrier, imaging through a lens system, and using a half mirror to import the image The human eye, the ambient light is transmitted through the human eye to achieve a penetrating display. The lens group of this solution is large, and the half mirror will attenuate the brightness of the ambient light by half, realizing a compact display with a large field of view without attenuating ambient light Module is an important problem to be solved urgently in retinal imaging technology.
此外,上述问题的解决,也需要对现有的光学器件及其制造方法进行改进。In addition, to solve the above problems, it is also necessary to improve the existing optical devices and their manufacturing methods.
背景技术部分的内容仅仅是公开人所知晓的技术,并不当然代表本领域的现有技术。The content of the background technology is only the technology known to the public, and does not of course represent the existing technology in the field.
发明内容Summary of the invention
有鉴于现有技术缺陷中的至少一个,本公开提供一种波导型光学组件,以及该光学组件制造装置和制作方法。In view of at least one of the defects in the prior art, the present disclosure provides a waveguide type optical component, as well as a manufacturing device and a manufacturing method of the optical component.
所述波导型光学组件包括:The waveguide type optical component includes:
光束生成器,配置成形成光锥分布的光束组;The beam generator is configured to form a beam group with a light cone distribution;
波导,所述波导具有耦入面,用于将所述光束组中的光束耦合进入所述波导,耦合进入波导的光束在所述波导与空气的界面发生全反射;和A waveguide, the waveguide having a coupling surface for coupling the light beams in the light beam group into the waveguide, and the light beams coupled into the waveguide are totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air; and
光束合成器,贴附在所述波导的一表面上,改变入射到其上的光束的传播方向,使其以不同角度离开所述波导继续传播,其中来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后汇聚于一点。The beam combiner is attached to a surface of the waveguide to change the propagation direction of the light beam incident on it, so that it leaves the waveguide at different angles and continues to propagate. The beams from the same light cone distribution beam group Converge at one point after leaving the waveguide.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述波导型光学组件具有入瞳和出瞳,所述光锥的顶点为所述入瞳,来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后所汇聚的所述一点为所述出瞳。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the waveguide-type optical component has an entrance pupil and an exit pupil, the vertex of the light cone is the entrance pupil, and the light beams from the same light cone distribution beam group are condensed after leaving the waveguide The point of is the exit pupil.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述光束生成器包括光源和微机电系统,其中所述光源配置成可生成携带图像像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息的光束;微机电系统配置成可对从所述光源出射的光束进行扫描,形成所述光锥分布的光束组,其中所述光源优选为单色或者三色激光光源。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the light beam generator includes a light source and a micro-electromechanical system, wherein the light source is configured to generate a light beam carrying color information and/or brightness information of image pixels; The light beam emitted by the light source is scanned to form the light beam group with the light cone distribution, wherein the light source is preferably a monochromatic or three-color laser light source.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述光束生成器包括:According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the beam generator includes:
光源,其中所述光源为单色或三色的激光光源或LED光源或OLED光源;A light source, wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
DMD、LCOS、LCD中的一个或多个,配置成可载入图像,并根据所述图像,对所述光源照射到其上的光进行调制;One or more of DMD, LCOS, and LCD are configured to load an image, and according to the image, the light irradiated by the light source is modulated;
光阑或透镜,配置成接收所述调制的光以形成所述光锥分布的光束。A diaphragm or lens is configured to receive the modulated light to form a light beam of the light cone distribution.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述光束生成器包括:According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the beam generator includes:
光源,其中所述光源为单色或三色的激光光源或LED光源或OLED光源;A light source, wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
透镜,配置成接收所述光源发出的发散光,并汇聚到所述光锥的顶点;A lens configured to receive the divergent light emitted by the light source and converge to the apex of the light cone;
DMD、LCOS、LCD中的一个或多个,位于所述透镜和所述顶点之间,并配置成可载入图像,并根据所述图像,对经过透镜后的照射到其上的光进行调制。One or more of DMD, LCOS, LCD, located between the lens and the vertex, and configured to load an image, and modulate the light irradiated on it after passing through the lens according to the image .
根据本公开的一个方面,所述微机电系统包括MEMS振镜,所述光源是细光束光源,包括多个激光器、控制器和合束器,所述控制器与所述多个激光器耦合,并控制所述多个激光器发射出激光束,所述多个激光器的激光束入射到所述合束器,合成为在空间上传播路径重合的近平行性细光束。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the microelectromechanical system includes a MEMS galvanometer, the light source is a thin beam light source, and includes a plurality of lasers, a controller, and a beam combiner, and the controller is coupled with the plurality of lasers and controls The plurality of lasers emit laser beams, and the laser beams of the plurality of lasers are incident on the beam combiner and combined into nearly parallel thin beams with overlapping propagation paths in space.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述合束器包括透镜组、以及分别与所述多个激光器的波长对应的光学薄膜分光片,其中所述透镜组配置成可调整所述激光器发出的激光束的发散角和/或直径,并投射到对应的光学薄膜分光片上,经过反射或透射形成所述在空间上传播路径重合的近平行性细光束。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the beam combiner includes a lens group and optical film splitters corresponding to the wavelengths of the plurality of lasers, wherein the lens group is configured to adjust the laser beam emitted by the laser. The divergence angle and/or diameter are projected onto the corresponding optical film splitter, and after reflection or transmission, the nearly parallel thin beams with overlapping propagation paths in space are formed.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述合束器还包括设置在所述透镜组与所述光学薄膜分光片之间的光阑、波片、偏振片、衰减片,所述合束器还包括与所述透镜组耦合的微电机,所述微电机可调节所述透镜组中透镜间的相对位置以调节从所述透镜组出射的光束的发散角和/或直径。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the beam combiner further includes an aperture, a wave plate, a polarizing plate, and an attenuator arranged between the lens group and the optical film splitter, and the beam combiner further includes The micromotor coupled to the lens group can adjust the relative position between the lenses in the lens group to adjust the divergence angle and/or diameter of the light beam emitted from the lens group.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述光束组中不同方向的光束携带不同图像像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, light beams in different directions in the light beam group carry color information and/or brightness information of different image pixels.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述光束合成器包括衍射光学元件,被耦合进入所述波导中的光束在波导与空气的交界处发生全反射后,入射到所述衍射光学元件不同位置时均发生衍射,衍射光的传播方向改变并离开所述波导继续传播,其中来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后汇聚于一点。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the beam combiner includes a diffractive optical element. After the light beam coupled into the waveguide undergoes total reflection at the interface between the waveguide and the air, it is incident on the diffractive optical element at different positions. Diffraction, the propagation direction of the diffracted light changes and leaves the waveguide to continue to propagate, wherein the light beams from the beam group of the same light cone distribution converge at a point after leaving the waveguide.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述耦入面设置在波导的凸出的耦入结构上,所述凸出的耦入结构与所述光束合成器所在的平面相交,相交的位置可用作定位,用于将所述光束合成器贴附在所述波导上。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the coupling surface is provided on the convex coupling structure of the waveguide, the convex coupling structure intersects the plane where the beam combiner is located, and the intersecting position can be used as a positioning , Used to attach the beam combiner to the waveguide.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述衍射光学元件是体全息光学元件,为透射式体全息光学元件或反射式体全息光学元件,其中所述光束生成器包括多个激光器,所述多个激光器配置成可发射出不同波长的激光光束。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the diffractive optical element is a volume holographic optical element, a transmissive volume holographic optical element or a reflective volume holographic optical element, wherein the beam generator includes a plurality of lasers, and the plurality of lasers are configured It can emit laser beams of different wavelengths.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述体全息光学元件包括单个彩色体全息光学元件,所述单个彩色体全息光学元件对所述多个激光器的不同波长的激光均发生衍射作用。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the volume holographic optical element includes a single color volume holographic optical element, and the single color volume holographic optical element diffracts laser light of different wavelengths from the multiple lasers.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述体全息光学元件包括准确对位并堆叠在一起的多个单色体全息光学元件,与所述多个激光器的数目对应,每一片单色体全息光学元件,仅对所对应波长的激光发生衍射作用,而对其它波长的激光不发生衍射作用。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the volume holographic optical element includes a plurality of monochromatic volume holographic optical elements accurately aligned and stacked together, corresponding to the number of the plurality of lasers, each monochromatic volume holographic optical element, Only the laser of the corresponding wavelength is diffracted, and the laser of other wavelengths is not diffracted.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述体全息光学元件包括准确对位并堆叠在一起的多个体全息光学元件,所述多个体全息光学元件的数目少于所述多个激光器的数目,所述多个体全息光学元件中的至少一个对所述多个激光器中至少两个波长的激光发生衍射作用,而对其它波长的激光不发生衍射作用;而其余的体全息光学元件,对余下的其它波长中的一个波长的激光发生衍射作用,而对其它波长的激光不发生衍射作用。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the volume holographic optical element includes a plurality of volume holographic optical elements accurately aligned and stacked together, the number of the plurality of volume holographic optical elements is less than the number of the plurality of lasers, and the number of At least one of the individual holographic optical elements diffracts the laser light of at least two wavelengths in the plurality of lasers, but does not diffract the laser light of other wavelengths; while the remaining volume holographic optical elements have a diffracted effect on the remaining other wavelengths. One of the wavelengths of laser light will diffract, but the other wavelengths will not diffract.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述体全息光学元件包括一片单色体全息光学元件,仅对一个波长的激光发生衍射作用。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the volume holographic optical element includes a monochromatic volume holographic optical element that only diffracts laser light of one wavelength.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述的波导型光学组件还包括贴附在所述波导的耦入面上的凹透镜或位于所述光束生成器与所述波导耦入面之间的凹透镜,以使得来自所述光束生成器的光锥分布的光束组中不同方向的光束以更大的折射角度进入所述波导。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the waveguide type optical component further includes a concave lens attached to the coupling surface of the waveguide or a concave lens located between the beam generator and the waveguide coupling surface, so that The light beams from different directions in the light beam group of the light cone distribution from the light beam generator enter the waveguide with a larger refraction angle.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述的波导型光学组件还包括MEMS振镜移动装置,MEMS振镜移动装置与所述MEMS振镜连接,并可使所述MEMS振镜在多个位置之间移动,每一个位置对应一个入瞳;在每一个位置时,经MEMS振镜扫描出的光锥分布的光束组中不同方向的光束经所述光束合成器在自由空间形成一个汇聚点,对应一个出瞳。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the waveguide-type optical component further includes a MEMS galvanometer moving device, which is connected to the MEMS galvanometer and can move the MEMS galvanometer between multiple positions , Each position corresponds to an entrance pupil; at each position, the beams of different directions in the beam group of the light cone distribution scanned by the MEMS galvanometer form a converging point in the free space through the beam combiner, corresponding to one exit Hitomi.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述的微机电系统包括MAHOE光学元件和MEMS振镜,所述MAHOE光学元件至少具有第一区域和第二区域,所述入瞳至少包括第一入瞳和第二入瞳,所述出瞳至少包括第一出瞳和第二出瞳,其中从所述光源出射的光束经所述MEMS振镜扫描后照射到所述MAHOE光学元件的第一区域和第二区域上,其中,照射到所述第一区域上的光束被所述MAHOE光学元件的第一区域反向衍射,衍射光以不同角度汇聚到所述第一入瞳后形成发散的光锥分布的光束组,进入所述波导,被所述光束合成器衍射,离开所述波导后不同方向的衍射光继续传播,汇聚于所述第一出瞳;照射到所述第二区域上的光束被所述MAHOE光学元件的第二区域反向衍射,衍射光以不同角度汇聚到所述第二入瞳后形成发散的光锥分布的光束组,进入所述波导,被所述光束合成器衍射,离开所述波导后不同方向的衍射光继续传播,汇聚于所述第二出瞳。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the microelectromechanical system includes a MAHOE optical element and a MEMS galvanometer, the MAHOE optical element has at least a first area and a second area, and the entrance pupil includes at least a first entrance pupil and a second entrance pupil. The entrance pupil, the exit pupil includes at least a first exit pupil and a second exit pupil, wherein the light beam emitted from the light source is scanned by the MEMS galvanometer and irradiated to the first area and the second area of the MAHOE optical element , Wherein the light beam irradiated on the first area is reversely diffracted by the first area of the MAHOE optical element, and the diffracted light is converged to the first entrance pupil at different angles to form a divergent light cone distribution light beam Group, enters the waveguide and is diffracted by the beam combiner. After leaving the waveguide, the diffracted light in different directions continues to propagate and converges on the first exit pupil; the light beam irradiated on the second area is The second area of the MAHOE optical element is reversely diffracted, and the diffracted light is converged to the second entrance pupil at different angles to form a beam group of divergent light cone distribution, enters the waveguide, is diffracted by the beam combiner, and leaves all After the waveguide, the diffracted lights in different directions continue to propagate and converge on the second exit pupil.
本公开还涉及一种近眼显示装置,包括如上所述的波导型光学组件。The present disclosure also relates to a near-eye display device including the waveguide type optical component as described above.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述近眼显示装置是虚拟现实显示装置或增强现实显示装置。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the near-eye display device is a virtual reality display device or an augmented reality display device.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述的近眼显示装置还包括图像生成单元,配置成可生成带显示的图像,所述图像生成单元与所述光束生成器耦合,所述光束生成器发射的光束组中不同方向的光束携带所述图像中不同像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the near-eye display device further includes an image generation unit configured to generate an image with display, the image generation unit is coupled with the beam generator, and the beam group emitted by the beam generator Light beams in different directions in the image carry color information and/or brightness information of different pixels in the image.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述的近眼显示装置包括左眼显示单元和右眼显示单元,其中左眼显示单元和右眼显示单元均包括如上所述的波导型光学组件。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the near-eye display device includes a left-eye display unit and a right-eye display unit, wherein both the left-eye display unit and the right-eye display unit include the waveguide type optical component as described above.
本公开还涉及一种光学系统的图像投射方法,包括:The present disclosure also relates to an image projection method of an optical system, including:
S61:生成光锥分布的光束组;S61: Generate a beam group of light cone distribution;
S62:将所述光锥分布的光束组耦合进入波导,进入所述波导的光束在所述波导与空气的界面处发生全反射;S62: Coupling the beam group distributed by the light cone into the waveguide, and the beam entering the waveguide is totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air;
S63:通过位于所述波导的一表面上的光束合成器,改变入射到所述光束合成器上的光束的传播方向,使其以不同角度离开所述波导继续传播,其中来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后汇聚于一点。S63: Through a beam combiner located on one surface of the waveguide, change the propagation direction of the light beam incident on the beam combiner so that it leaves the waveguide at different angles and continues to propagate, where it originates from the same light cone distribution After leaving the waveguide, the beams of the beam group converge at one point.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述光学系统具有入瞳和出瞳,所述光锥的顶点为所述入瞳,来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后所汇聚的所述一点为所述出瞳,According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the optical system has an entrance pupil and an exit pupil, the vertex of the light cone is the entrance pupil, and all the light beams from the same light cone distribution beam group converge after leaving the waveguide. Said one point is said exit pupil,
根据本公开的一个方面,所述光束生成器包括光源和微机电系统,According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the beam generator includes a light source and a microelectromechanical system,
其中所述步骤S61包括:The step S61 includes:
S611:利用一光源,出射携带有图像像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息的光束;S611: Utilize a light source to emit a light beam carrying color information and/or brightness information of image pixels;
S612:利用一微机电系统,对从所述光源出射的光束进行扫描,形成所述光锥分布的光束组。S612: Use a micro-electromechanical system to scan the light beams emitted from the light source to form the light beam group with the light cone distribution.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述步骤S61包括:According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the step S61 includes:
利用一光源发出的照明光,照射一显示屏,其中所述光源为单色或三色的激光光源或LED光源或OLED光源,所述显示屏为DMD、LCOS或LCD;Illuminating a display screen with illumination light emitted by a light source, wherein the light source is a monochromatic or three-color laser light source, an LED light source or an OLED light source, and the display screen is a DMD, LCOS or LCD;
在所述显示屏中载入图像,并根据所述图像,对所述光源照射到其上的光进行调制;Load an image in the display screen, and modulate the light irradiated by the light source on the image according to the image;
通过光阑或透镜,使所述调制的光形成所述光锥分布的光束。Through a diaphragm or a lens, the modulated light forms a light beam with the light cone distribution.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述步骤S61包括:According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the step S61 includes:
利用一光源发出照明光,照射到一透镜上,经所述透镜后汇聚到所述光锥的顶点,其中所述光源为单色或三色的激光光源或LED光源或OLED光源;Use a light source to emit illuminating light, illuminate it on a lens, and converge to the apex of the light cone after passing through the lens, wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
经过所述透镜的光束照射到位于所述透镜和所述顶点之间的一显示屏上,所述显示屏为DMD、LCOS或LCD,所述显示屏载入图像,并根据所述图像,对从透镜照射到其上的光进行调制。The light beam passing through the lens irradiates a display screen located between the lens and the apex. The display screen is DMD, LCOS or LCD. The display screen loads an image, and according to the image, The light irradiated from the lens is modulated.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述微机电系统包括MEMS振镜和MEMS振镜移动装置,MEMS振镜移动装置与所述MEMS振镜连接,并可使所述MEMS振镜在多个位置之间移动,每一个位置对应所述光学系统的一个入瞳;在一个位置时,经MEMS振镜扫描出的光锥分布的光束组中不同方向的光束经所述光束合成器在自由空间形成一个汇聚点,对应所述光学系统的一个出瞳,According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the micro-electromechanical system includes a MEMS galvanometer and a MEMS galvanometer moving device, and the MEMS galvanometer moving device is connected to the MEMS galvanometer and enables the MEMS galvanometer to move between multiple positions. Move, each position corresponds to an entrance pupil of the optical system; at one position, the beams of different directions in the beam group of the light cone distribution scanned by the MEMS galvanometer form a convergent in the free space by the beam combiner Point, corresponding to an exit pupil of the optical system,
其中所述图像投射方法还包括:通过所述MEMS振镜移动装置,改变所述MEMS振镜的位置。Wherein, the image projection method further includes: changing the position of the MEMS galvanometer through the MEMS galvanometer moving device.
本公开还涉及一种光学元件的制造方法,包括:The present disclosure also relates to a manufacturing method of an optical element, including:
S71:提供一波导,所述波导具有耦入面,感光膜或感光板贴附在所述波导的表面上;S71: Provide a waveguide, the waveguide has a coupling surface, and the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate is attached to the surface of the waveguide;
S72:利用激光器发射出激光;S72: Use a laser to emit laser light;
S73:将所述激光分束成第一激光光束和第二激光光束;S73: Split the laser beam into a first laser beam and a second laser beam;
S74:使所述第一激光光束汇聚到所述波导外的第一点,并出射到所述波导的耦入面上,进入所述波导内部,在所述波导与空气的界面发生全反射,并入射到所述感光膜或感光板上;S74: Converge the first laser beam to a first point outside the waveguide, and exit to the coupling surface of the waveguide, enter the waveguide, and cause total reflection at the interface between the waveguide and the air, And incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate;
S75:使所述第二激光光束穿过所述感光膜或感光板后汇聚到所述波导外的第二点;和S75: making the second laser beam pass through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate and then converge to a second point outside the waveguide; and
S76:被汇聚到所述第一点并在所述波导内部全反射的第一激光光束与被汇聚到所述第二点的第二激光光束在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部产生干涉曝光,获得体全息光学元件。S76: The first laser beam condensed to the first point and totally reflected inside the waveguide and the second laser beam converged to the second point are generated inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate Interference exposure to obtain volume holographic optical elements.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料为全彩感光材料,所述步骤S72包括:利用多个激光器发出不同波长的激光光束,合束后出射;According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a full-color photosensitive material, and the step S72 includes: using a plurality of lasers to emit laser beams of different wavelengths, which are combined and emitted;
所述步骤S76包括:对应于所述多个激光器的不同波长,在所述感光材料内部同时进行干涉曝光。The step S76 includes: corresponding to different wavelengths of the multiple lasers, simultaneously performing interference exposure inside the photosensitive material.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料为全彩感光材料,所述步骤S72包括:相继地利用多个激光器发出不同波长的激光光束并出射;所述步骤S76包括:对应于所述多个激光器的不同波长,在所述感光材料内部相继地进行多次干涉曝光。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate is a full-color photosensitive material, and the step S72 includes: successively using a plurality of lasers to emit laser beams of different wavelengths; and the step S76 includes: Corresponding to different wavelengths of the multiple lasers, multiple interference exposures are successively performed inside the photosensitive material.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料为单色感光材料,所述步骤S72包括:利用激光器发出与该单色感光材料对应波长的激光光束并出射;所述步骤S76包括:对应于所述激光器的波长,在所述感光材料内部进行干涉曝光,获得与所述波长对应的所述体全息光学元件。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a monochromatic photosensitive material, and the step S72 includes: using a laser to emit and emit a laser beam with a wavelength corresponding to the monochromatic photosensitive material; and the step S76 The method includes: performing interference exposure inside the photosensitive material corresponding to the wavelength of the laser to obtain the volume holographic optical element corresponding to the wavelength.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述的方法还包括:更换可对不同波长的光线进行曝光的感光膜或感光板,通过所述步骤S72、S73、S74、S75和S76,获得与所述不同波长对应的多个体全息光学元件。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the method further includes: replacing a photosensitive film or a photosensitive plate that can expose light of different wavelengths, and obtaining a different wavelength from the different wavelengths through the steps S72, S73, S74, S75, and S76. Corresponding multiple volume holographic optical elements.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述步骤S72包括:According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the step S72 includes:
由多个激光器发射出不同波长的激光光束;Multiple lasers emit laser beams of different wavelengths;
对所述不同波长的激光光束进行合束;和Combining the laser beams of different wavelengths; and
对合束后的激光光束进行滤波和准直扩束。The combined laser beam is filtered and collimated and expanded.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述对不同波长的激光光束进行合束的步骤包括:通过光学薄膜分光器对所述不同波长的激光光束进行合束。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the step of combining the laser beams of different wavelengths includes: combining the laser beams of different wavelengths through an optical thin film beam splitter.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述步骤S73包括:通过分光片将所述激光分束成第一激光光束和第二激光光束。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the step S73 includes: splitting the laser beam into a first laser beam and a second laser beam through a beam splitter.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述步骤S74包括:通过第一透镜将所述第一激光光束汇聚到所述波导外的第一点;According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the step S74 includes: converging the first laser beam to a first point outside the waveguide through a first lens;
所述步骤S75包括:通过第二透镜或凹面反射镜将所述第二激光光束汇聚到所述波导外的第二点。The step S75 includes: converging the second laser beam to a second point outside the waveguide through a second lens or a concave mirror.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述第二透镜或凹面反射镜位于所述感光膜或感光板的与所述波导相反的一侧上,或位于所述波导的与所述感光膜或感光板相反的一侧上。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the second lens or concave mirror is located on the side of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate opposite to the waveguide, or on the opposite side of the waveguide from the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate On one side.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述的方法还包括:According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the method further includes:
S77:使所述第一激光光束汇聚到所述波导外的第三点,并出射到所述波导的耦入面上,进入所述波导内部,在所述波导与空气的界面发生全反射,并入射到所述感光膜或感光板上,其中所述第三点不同于所述第一点;S77: Converge the first laser beam to a third point outside the waveguide, and exit to the coupling surface of the waveguide, enter the waveguide, and cause total reflection at the interface between the waveguide and air, And incident on the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate, wherein the third point is different from the first point;
S78:使所述第二激光光束穿过所述感光膜或感光板后汇聚到所述波导外的第四点,其中所述第四点不同于所述第二点;和S78: Make the second laser beam pass through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate and then converge to a fourth point outside the waveguide, where the fourth point is different from the second point; and
S79:被汇聚到所述第三点并在所述波导内部全反射的第一激光光束与被汇聚到所述第四点的第二激光光束在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部产生干涉曝光。S79: The first laser beam converged to the third point and totally reflected inside the waveguide and the second laser beam converged to the fourth point are generated inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate Interference exposure.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述的方法还包括:According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the method further includes:
将所获得的体全息光学元件作为母版,复制其它的体全息光学元件。Using the obtained volume holographic optical element as a master, copy other volume holographic optical elements.
本公开还提供一种制造光束合成器的方法,包括:The present disclosure also provides a method of manufacturing a beam combiner, including:
S81:提供通过如上所述方法制备的体全息光学元件作为母版,其中所述母版为反射式体全息光学元件;S81: Provide a volume holographic optical element prepared by the above method as a master, wherein the master is a reflective volume holographic optical element;
S82:提供一波导,所述波导具有耦入面,以将光波耦入所述波导内部,光波在所述波导与空气的界面发生全反射,所述波导与制作所述体全息光学元件所用的波导具有至少部分相同的光学和/或几何参数;S82: Provide a waveguide, the waveguide has a coupling surface to couple light waves into the inside of the waveguide, the light waves are totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air, and the waveguide and the volume holographic optical element used The waveguides have at least partially the same optical and/or geometric parameters;
S83:将一感光膜或感光板贴附在所述波导的表面上;S83: Attach a photosensitive film or photosensitive plate to the surface of the waveguide;
S84:将所述母版贴附在所述感光膜或感光板之上;S84: Attach the master plate to the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate;
S85:从与制作所述体全息光学元件时的第一点对应的位置处发出发散球面波入射到所述波导的耦入面上,在所述波导与空气界面发生一次或多次全反射并入射到所述感光膜或感光板,穿过所述感光膜或感光板入射到所述母版上,被所述母版反向衍射,反向衍射光穿过所述感光膜或感光板并汇聚到与所述第二点对应的位置处,入射到所述感光膜或感光板的光与反向衍射光在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部发生干涉曝光,获得新的反射式体全息光学元件。S85: A diverging spherical wave is emitted from a position corresponding to the first point when the volume holographic optical element is made and is incident on the coupling surface of the waveguide, and one or more total reflections occur at the interface between the waveguide and the air. It is incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate, passes through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate and is incident on the master, and is reversely diffracted by the master. The reverse diffracted light passes through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate and Converging to the position corresponding to the second point, the light incident on the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate and the reverse diffracted light will interfere and expose inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate to obtain a new reflective type Volume holographic optical element.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料为全彩感光材料,所述步骤S85包括:相继地发出不同波长的激光光束以在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部发生多次干涉曝光或同时发出不同波长的激光光束以在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部同时发生干涉曝光。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a full-color photosensitive material, and the step S85 includes: successively emitting laser beams of different wavelengths to be inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate. Multiple interference exposures occur or laser beams of different wavelengths are emitted simultaneously to simultaneously cause interference exposures inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料为单色感光材料,所述步骤S85包括:发出与该单色感光材料对应波长的激光光束以在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部发生单次干涉曝光。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a monochromatic photosensitive material, and the step S85 includes: emitting a laser beam with a wavelength corresponding to the monochromatic photosensitive material to irradiate the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate. A single interference exposure occurs inside the photosensitive material.
本公开还涉及一种制造光束合成器的方法,包括:The present disclosure also relates to a method of manufacturing a beam combiner, including:
S91:提供通过如上所述方法制备的体全息光学元件作为母版,其中所述母版为透射式体全息光学元件;S91: Provide a volume holographic optical element prepared by the above method as a master, wherein the master is a transmissive volume holographic optical element;
S92:提供一波导,所述波导具有耦入面,以将光波耦入所述波导内部,光束在所述波导与空气的界面发生全反射,所述波导与制作所述体全息光学元件所用的波导具有至少部分相同的光学和/或几何参数;S92: Provide a waveguide. The waveguide has a coupling surface to couple light waves into the waveguide. The light beam is totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air. The waveguide and the volume holographic optical element used The waveguides have at least partially the same optical and/or geometric parameters;
S93:将所述母版贴附在所述波导的表面上;S93: Attach the master to the surface of the waveguide;
S94:将一感光膜或感光板贴附在所述母版之上;S94: Attach a photosensitive film or photosensitive plate to the master;
S95:从与制作所述体全息光学元件时的第一点对应的位置处发出发散球面波入射到所述波导的耦入面上,在所述波导与空气界面发生一次或多次全反射并入射到所述母版,从所述母版出射的光包括未被衍射的透射光和被所述母版衍射后的汇聚光,所述汇聚光的汇聚点与所述第二点对应,所述未被衍射的透射光与衍射的汇聚光继续传播进入所述感光膜或感光板,在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部发生干涉曝光,获得新的透射式体全息光学元件。S95: A diverging spherical wave is emitted from a position corresponding to the first point when the volume holographic optical element is made and is incident on the coupling surface of the waveguide, and one or more total reflections occur at the interface between the waveguide and the air. The light incident on the master and emitted from the master includes transmitted light that has not been diffracted and condensed light diffracted by the master. The converging point of the condensed light corresponds to the second point, so The undiffracted transmitted light and diffracted convergent light continue to propagate into the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate, and interference exposure occurs inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate to obtain a new transmissive volume holographic optical element.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料为全彩感光材料,所述步骤S95包括:相继地发出不同波长的激光光束以在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部发生多次干涉曝光或同时发出不同波长的激光光束以在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部同时发生干涉曝光。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate is a full-color photosensitive material, and the step S95 includes: successively emitting laser beams of different wavelengths to be inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate. Multiple interference exposures occur or laser beams of different wavelengths are emitted simultaneously to simultaneously cause interference exposures inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料为单色感光材料,所述步骤S95包括:发出与该单色感光材料对应波长的激光光束以在所述感光膜或感光板 的感光材料内部发生单次干涉曝光。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a monochromatic photosensitive material, and the step S95 includes: emitting a laser beam with a wavelength corresponding to the monochromatic photosensitive material to irradiate the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate. A single interference exposure occurs inside the photosensitive material.
本公开还提供一种体全息光学元件,通过如上所述的方法制成。The present disclosure also provides a volume holographic optical element, which is manufactured by the method described above.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述体全息光学元件是透射式体全息光学元件或反射式体全息光学元件。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the volume holographic optical element is a transmissive volume holographic optical element or a reflective volume holographic optical element.
本公开还涉及一种波导型光学组件,所述波导型光学组件包括:The present disclosure also relates to a waveguide type optical component, which includes:
光束生成器,配置成形成光锥分布的光束组;The beam generator is configured to form a beam group with a light cone distribution;
波导,所述波导具有耦入面,用于将所述光束组中的光束耦合进入所述波导,耦合进入波导的光束在所述波导与空气的界面发生全反射;和A waveguide, the waveguide having a coupling surface for coupling the light beams in the light beam group into the waveguide, and the light beams coupled into the waveguide are totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air; and
如上所述的方法制成的光束合成器,贴附在所述波导的一表面上,改变入射到其上的光束的传播方向,使其以不同角度离开所述波导继续传播,其中来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后汇聚于一点。The beam combiner made by the method described above is attached to a surface of the waveguide, and the propagation direction of the beam incident on it is changed so that it leaves the waveguide at different angles and continues to propagate. The light beams of the light-cone-distributed beam group converge at one point after leaving the waveguide.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述波导型光学组件具有入瞳和出瞳,所述光锥的顶点为所述入瞳,来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后所汇聚的所述一点为所述出瞳。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the waveguide-type optical component has an entrance pupil and an exit pupil, the vertex of the light cone is the entrance pupil, and the light beams from the same light cone distribution beam group are condensed after leaving the waveguide The point of is the exit pupil.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述光束生成器包括光源和微机电系统,其中所述光源配置成可生成携带图像像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息的光束;微机电系统配置成可对从所述光源出射的光束进行扫描,形成所述光锥分布的光束组,其中所述光源优选为单色或者三色激光光源。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the light beam generator includes a light source and a micro-electromechanical system, wherein the light source is configured to generate a light beam carrying color information and/or brightness information of image pixels; The light beam emitted by the light source is scanned to form the light beam group with the light cone distribution, wherein the light source is preferably a monochromatic or three-color laser light source.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述光束生成器包括:According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the beam generator includes:
光源,其中所述光源为单色或三色的激光光源或LED光源或OLED光源;A light source, wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
DMD、LCOS、LCD中的一个或多个,配置成可载入图像,并根据所述图像,对所述光源照射到其上的光进行调制;One or more of DMD, LCOS, and LCD are configured to load an image, and according to the image, the light irradiated by the light source is modulated;
光阑或透镜,配置成接收所述调制的光以形成所述光锥分布的光束。A diaphragm or lens is configured to receive the modulated light to form a light beam of the light cone distribution.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述光束生成器包括:According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the beam generator includes:
光源,其中所述光源为单色或三色的激光光源或LED光源或OLED光源;A light source, wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
透镜,配置成接收所述光源发出的发散光,并汇聚到所述光锥的顶点;A lens configured to receive the divergent light emitted by the light source and converge to the apex of the light cone;
DMD、LCOS、LCD中的一个或多个,位于所述透镜和所述顶点之间,并配置成可载入图像,并根据所述图像,对经过透镜后的照射到其上的光进行调制。One or more of DMD, LCOS, LCD, located between the lens and the vertex, and configured to load an image, and modulate the light irradiated on it after passing through the lens according to the image .
根据本公开的一个方面,所述微机电系统包括MEMS振镜,所述光源是细光束光源,包括多个激光器、控制器和合束器,所述控制器与所述多个激光器耦合,并控制所述多个激光器发射出激光束,所述多个激光器的激光束入射到所述合束器,合成为在空间上传播路径重合的近平行性细光束。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the microelectromechanical system includes a MEMS galvanometer, the light source is a thin beam light source, and includes a plurality of lasers, a controller, and a beam combiner, and the controller is coupled with the plurality of lasers and controls The plurality of lasers emit laser beams, and the laser beams of the plurality of lasers are incident on the beam combiner and combined into nearly parallel thin beams with overlapping propagation paths in space.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述合束器包括透镜组、以及分别与所述多个激光器的波长对应的光学薄膜分光片,其中所述透镜组配置成可调整所述激光器发出的激光束的发散角和/或直径,并投射到对应的光学薄膜分光片上,经过反射或透射形成所述在空间上传播路径重合的近平行性细光束。其中所述透镜组亦可包含液体透镜或这液晶透镜,可通过外部电压控制调节透镜组的等效焦距。用于控制激光器发出的激光束 的发散角和/或直径。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the beam combiner includes a lens group and optical film splitters corresponding to the wavelengths of the plurality of lasers, wherein the lens group is configured to adjust the laser beam emitted by the laser. The divergence angle and/or diameter are projected onto the corresponding optical film splitter, and after reflection or transmission, the nearly parallel thin beams with overlapping propagation paths in space are formed. The lens group may also include a liquid lens or this liquid crystal lens, and the equivalent focal length of the lens group can be adjusted through external voltage control. It is used to control the divergence angle and/or diameter of the laser beam emitted by the laser.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述合束器还包括设置在所述透镜组与所述光学薄膜分光片之间的光阑、波片、偏振片、衰减片,所述合束器还包括与所述透镜组耦合的微电机,所述微电机可调节所述透镜组中透镜间的相对位置以调节从所述透镜组出射的光束的发散角和/或直径。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the beam combiner further includes an aperture, a wave plate, a polarizing plate, and an attenuator arranged between the lens group and the optical film splitter, and the beam combiner further includes The micro motor coupled to the lens group can adjust the relative position between the lenses in the lens group to adjust the divergence angle and/or diameter of the light beam emitted from the lens group.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述光束组中不同方向的光束携带不同图像像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, light beams in different directions in the light beam group carry color information and/or brightness information of different image pixels.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述光束合成器包括衍射光学元件,被耦合进入所述波导中的光束在波导与空气的交界处发生全反射后,入射到所述衍射光学元件不同位置时均发生衍射,衍射光的传播方向改变并离开所述波导继续传播,其中来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后汇聚于一点。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the beam combiner includes a diffractive optical element. After the light beam coupled into the waveguide undergoes total reflection at the interface between the waveguide and the air, it is incident on the diffractive optical element at different positions. Diffraction, the propagation direction of the diffracted light changes and leaves the waveguide to continue to propagate, wherein the light beams from the beam group of the same light cone distribution converge at a point after leaving the waveguide.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述耦入面设置在波导的凸出的耦入结构上,所述凸出的耦入结构与所述光束合成器所在的平面相交,相交的位置可用作定位,用于将所述合成器贴附与所述波导上。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the coupling surface is provided on the convex coupling structure of the waveguide, the convex coupling structure intersects the plane where the beam combiner is located, and the intersecting position can be used as a positioning , Used to attach the synthesizer to the waveguide.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述衍射光学元件是体全息光学元件,为透射式体全息光学元件或反射式体全息光学元件,其中所述光源包括多个激光器,所述多个激光器配置成可发射出不同波长的激光光束。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the diffractive optical element is a volume holographic optical element, a transmissive volume holographic optical element or a reflective volume holographic optical element, wherein the light source includes a plurality of lasers, and the plurality of lasers are configured to Emit laser beams of different wavelengths.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述体全息光学元件包括单个彩色体全息光学元件,所述单个彩色体全息光学元件对所述多个激光器的不同波长的激光均发生衍射作用。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the volume holographic optical element includes a single color volume holographic optical element, and the single color volume holographic optical element diffracts laser light of different wavelengths from the multiple lasers.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述体全息光学元件包括准确对位并堆叠在一起的多个单色体全息光学元件,与所述多个激光器的数目对应,每一片单色体全息光学元件,仅对所对应波长的激光发生衍射作用,而对其它波长的激光不发生衍射作用。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the volume holographic optical element includes a plurality of monochromatic volume holographic optical elements accurately aligned and stacked together, corresponding to the number of the plurality of lasers, each monochromatic volume holographic optical element, Only the laser of the corresponding wavelength is diffracted, and the laser of other wavelengths is not diffracted.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述体全息光学元件包括准确对位并堆叠在一起的多个体全息光学元件,所述多个体全息光学元件的数目少于所述多个激光器的数目,所述多个体全息光学元件中的至少一个对所述多个激光器中,至少两个波长的激光发生衍射作用,而对其它波长的激光不发生衍射作用;而其余的体全息光学元件,对余下的其它波长中的一个波长的激光发生衍射作用,而对其它波长的激光不发生衍射作用。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the volume holographic optical element includes a plurality of volume holographic optical elements accurately aligned and stacked together, the number of the plurality of volume holographic optical elements is less than the number of the plurality of lasers, and the number of At least one of the individual holographic optical elements diffracts the lasers of at least two wavelengths of the plurality of lasers, but does not diffract the lasers of other wavelengths; while the remaining volume holographic optical elements have diffracted effects on the remaining other wavelengths. One wavelength of the laser light will diffract, but the other wavelengths will not diffract.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述体全息光学元件包括一片单色体全息光学元件,仅对一个波长的激光发生衍射作用。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the volume holographic optical element includes a monochromatic volume holographic optical element that only diffracts laser light of one wavelength.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述的波导型光学组件还包括贴附在所述波导的耦入面上的凹透镜或位于所述光束生成器与所述波导型光学组件之间的凹透镜,以使得来自所述光束生成器的光锥分布的光束组中不同方向的光束以更大的折射角度进入所述波导。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the waveguide-type optical component further includes a concave lens attached to the coupling surface of the waveguide or a concave lens located between the beam generator and the waveguide-type optical component, so that The light beams from different directions in the light beam group of the light cone distribution from the light beam generator enter the waveguide with a larger refraction angle.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述的波导型光学组件还包括MEMS振镜移动装置,MEMS振镜移动装置与所述MEMS振镜连接,并可使所述MEMS振镜在多个位置之间移动,每一个位置对应一个入瞳;在一个位置时,经MEMS振镜扫描出的光锥分布的光束组中不同方向的光束经所述光束合成器在自由空间形成一个汇聚点,对应一个出瞳。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the waveguide-type optical component further includes a MEMS galvanometer moving device, which is connected to the MEMS galvanometer and can move the MEMS galvanometer between multiple positions , Each position corresponds to an entrance pupil; at one position, the beams of different directions in the beam group of the light cone distribution scanned by the MEMS galvanometer form a converging point in the free space through the beam combiner, corresponding to an exit pupil .
根据本公开的一个方面,所述的微机电系统包括MAHOE光学元件和MEMS振镜,所 述MAHOE光学元件至少具有第一区域和第二区域,所述入瞳至少包括第一入瞳和第二入瞳,所述出瞳至少包括第一出瞳和第二出瞳,其中从所述光源出射的光束经所述MEMS振镜扫描后照射到所述MAHOE光学元件的第一区域和第二区域上,其中,照射到所述第一区域上的光束被所述MAHOE光学元件的第一区域反向衍射,衍射光以不同角度汇聚到所述第一入瞳后形成发散的光锥分布的光束组,进入所述波导,被所述光束合成器衍射,离开所述波导后不同方向的衍射光继续传播,汇聚于所述第一出瞳;照射到所述第二区域上的光束被所述MAHOE光学元件的第二区域反向衍射,衍射光以不同角度汇聚到所述第二入瞳后形成发散的光锥分布的光束组,进入所述波导,被所述光束合成器衍射,离开所述波导后不同方向的衍射光继续传播,汇聚于所述第二出瞳。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, the microelectromechanical system includes a MAHOE optical element and a MEMS galvanometer, the MAHOE optical element has at least a first area and a second area, and the entrance pupil includes at least a first entrance pupil and a second entrance pupil. The entrance pupil, the exit pupil includes at least a first exit pupil and a second exit pupil, wherein the light beam emitted from the light source is scanned by the MEMS galvanometer and irradiated to the first area and the second area of the MAHOE optical element , Wherein the light beam irradiated on the first area is reversely diffracted by the first area of the MAHOE optical element, and the diffracted light is converged to the first entrance pupil at different angles to form a divergent light cone distribution light beam Group, enters the waveguide and is diffracted by the beam combiner. After leaving the waveguide, the diffracted light in different directions continues to propagate and converges on the first exit pupil; the light beam irradiated on the second area is The second area of the MAHOE optical element is reversely diffracted, and the diffracted light is converged to the second entrance pupil at different angles to form a beam group with a divergent light cone distribution, enters the waveguide, is diffracted by the beam combiner, and leaves the light beam group. After the waveguide, the diffracted lights in different directions continue to propagate and converge on the second exit pupil.
本公开还涉及一种近眼显示装置,包括如上所述的波导型光学组件。The present disclosure also relates to a near-eye display device including the waveguide type optical component as described above.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述近眼显示装置是虚拟现实显示装置或增强现实显示装置。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the near-eye display device is a virtual reality display device or an augmented reality display device.
根据本公开的一个方面,所述的近眼显示装置还包括图像生成单元,配置成可生成带显示的图像,所述图像生成单元与所述光束生成器耦合,所述光束生成器发射的光束组中不同方向的光束携带所述图像中不同像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息。According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the near-eye display device further includes an image generation unit configured to generate an image with display, the image generation unit is coupled with the beam generator, and the beam group emitted by the beam generator Light beams in different directions in the image carry color information and/or brightness information of different pixels in the image.
本公开的技术方案,针对传统视网膜成像光学显示技术中复杂的大体积光学组件问题,通过波导与光束合成器的组合,实现了紧凑的显示模组,在近眼AR和VR显示领域,具有重要的应用价值。The technical solution of the present disclosure aims at the problem of complex large-volume optical components in traditional retinal imaging optical display technology. Through the combination of waveguide and beam combiner, a compact display module is realized. It is important in the field of near-eye AR and VR display. Value.
在说明书中所描述的特点和优点并非全部,尤其是,结合附图和说明书,许多附加的特征和优点将对于本领域普通技术人员而言将是明显的。此外,应当指出的是,本说明书中所使用的用语主要是出于可读性和指导性的目的而被选择的,并且可能不是被选择以描述或限制创造性的技术方案。The features and advantages described in the specification are not all, in particular, many additional features and advantages will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art in conjunction with the drawings and the specification. In addition, it should be pointed out that the terms used in this specification are mainly selected for readability and instructional purposes, and may not be selected to describe or limit the inventive technical solution.
附图说明Description of the drawings
构成本公开的一部分的附图用来提供对本公开的进一步理解,本公开的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本公开,并不构成对本公开的不当限定。在附图中:The drawings constituting a part of the present disclosure are used to provide a further understanding of the present disclosure, and the exemplary embodiments and descriptions of the present disclosure are used to explain the present disclosure, and do not constitute an improper limitation of the present disclosure. In the attached picture:
图1示出了根据本公开一个实施例的反射式波导型光学组件;Fig. 1 shows a reflective waveguide type optical component according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图2示出了根据本公开一个实施例的透射式波导型光学组件;Figure 2 shows a transmissive waveguide type optical component according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图3示出了根据本公开一个优选实施例的波导型光学组件;Figure 3 shows a waveguide type optical component according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4示出了根据本公开又一个优选实施例的波导型光学组件;FIG. 4 shows a waveguide type optical component according to another preferred embodiment of the present disclosure;
图5示出了根据本公开又一个优选实施例的波导型光学组件;FIG. 5 shows a waveguide type optical component according to another preferred embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6示出了根据本公开一个优选实施例的具有突出耦入面结构的波导型光学组件;Figure 6 shows a waveguide type optical component with a protruding coupling surface structure according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7示出了根据本公开一个优选实施例的全息光学元件;Figure 7 shows a holographic optical element according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8示出了根据本公开一个优选实施例的波导型光学组件,其中具有凹透镜;FIG. 8 shows a waveguide type optical component according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, which has a concave lens;
图9示出了根据本公开一个优选实施例的波导型光学组件,其中具有MEMS振镜移动装置;FIG. 9 shows a waveguide type optical component according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, which has a MEMS galvanometer moving device;
图10示出了根据本公开一个优选实施例的波导型光学组件,其中具有MAHOE光学元件;Figure 10 shows a waveguide type optical component according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, which has a MAHOE optical element;
图11示出了根据本公开一个优选实施例的MAHOE光学元件的制造方法;Fig. 11 shows a method of manufacturing a MAHOE optical element according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure;
图12示出了根据本公开一个实施例的一种光学系统的图像投射方法;Fig. 12 shows an image projection method of an optical system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图13示出了根据本公开第二方面的一种光学元件的制造方法;Fig. 13 shows a method of manufacturing an optical element according to the second aspect of the present disclosure;
图14示出了通过图13的制造方法来制造反射式光束合成器的光路示意图;Fig. 14 shows a schematic diagram of the optical path of the reflective beam combiner manufactured by the manufacturing method of Fig. 13;
图15示出了通过图13的制造方法来制造透射式光束合成器的光路示意图;FIG. 15 shows a schematic diagram of the optical path of the transmissive beam combiner manufactured by the manufacturing method of FIG. 13;
图16示出了通过图13的制造方法来制造透射式光束合成器的一种变型的光路示意图;FIG. 16 shows a schematic diagram of the optical path of a modification of manufacturing a transmissive beam combiner by the manufacturing method of FIG. 13;
图17示出了根据本公开一个实施例的制造光束合成器的方法;FIG. 17 shows a method of manufacturing a beam combiner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图18A和18B示出了通过图17所示的方法制造光束合成器的光路示意图;18A and 18B show schematic diagrams of the optical path of the beam combiner manufactured by the method shown in FIG. 17;
图19示出了根据本公开一个实施例的制造光束合成器的方法;和FIG. 19 shows a method of manufacturing a beam combiner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure; and
图20A和20B示出了通过图19所示的方法制造光束合成器的光路示意图。20A and 20B show schematic diagrams of the optical path of the beam combiner manufactured by the method shown in FIG. 19.
具体实施方式detailed description
在下文中,仅简单地描述了某些示例性实施例。正如本领域技术人员可认识到的那样,在不脱离本公开的精神或范围的情况下,可通过各种不同方式修改所描述的实施例。因此,附图和描述被认为本质上是示例性的而非限制性的。In the following, only certain exemplary embodiments are briefly described. As those skilled in the art can realize, the described embodiments may be modified in various different ways without departing from the spirit or scope of the present disclosure. Therefore, the drawings and description are to be regarded as illustrative in nature and not restrictive.
附图中的流程图和框图,图示了按照本公开各种实施例的装置、方法和计算机程序产品的可能实现的体系架构、功能和操作。在这点上,流程图或框图中的每个方框可以代表一个模块、程序段、或代码的一部分,所述模块、程序段、或代码的一部分包含一个或多个用于实现预定的逻辑功能的可执行指令。应当注意,在有些作为备选的实现中,方框中所标注的功能也可以以不同于附图中所标注的顺序发生。例如,两个接连地表示的方框实际上可以基本并行地执行,它们有时也可以按相反的顺序执行,这依所涉及的功能而定。也应当注意,框图和/或流程图中的每个方框、以及框图和/或流程图中的方框的组合,可以用执行规定的功能或操作的专用的基于硬件的系统来实现,或者可以用专用硬件与计算机指令的组合来实现。The flowcharts and block diagrams in the accompanying drawings illustrate the possible implementation architecture, functions, and operations of the devices, methods, and computer program products according to various embodiments of the present disclosure. In this regard, each block in the flowchart or block diagram may represent a module, program segment, or part of code, and the module, program segment, or part of code contains one or more logic for implementing predetermined Function executable instructions. It should be noted that, in some alternative implementations, the functions noted in the block may also occur in a different order than that noted in the drawings. For example, two blocks shown in succession can actually be executed substantially in parallel, or they can sometimes be executed in the reverse order, depending on the functions involved. It should also be noted that each block in the block diagram and/or flowchart, and the combination of the blocks in the block diagram and/or flowchart, can be implemented by a dedicated hardware-based system that performs the specified functions or operations, or It can be realized by a combination of dedicated hardware and computer instructions.
在本公开的描述中,需要理解的是,术语“中心”、“纵向”、“横向”、“长度”、“宽度”、“厚度”、“上”、“下”、“前”、“后”、“左”、“右”、“坚直”、“水平”、“顶”、“底”、“内”、“外”、“顺时针”、“逆时针”等指示的方位或位置关系为基于附图所示的方位或位置关系,仅是为了便于描述本公开和简化描述,而不是指示或暗示所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定的方位构造和操作,因此不能理解为对本公开的限制。此外,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个所述特征。在本公开的描述中,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上,除非另有明确具体的限定。In the description of the present disclosure, it should be understood that the terms "center", "longitudinal", "transverse", "length", "width", "thickness", "upper", "lower", "front", " "Back", "Left", "Right", "Straight", "Horizontal", "Top", "Bottom", "Inner", "Outer", "Clockwise", "Counterclockwise" and other directions or The positional relationship is based on the position or positional relationship shown in the drawings, which is only for the convenience of describing the present disclosure and simplifying the description, and does not indicate or imply that the pointed device or element must have a specific orientation, be constructed and operated in a specific orientation, Therefore, it cannot be understood as a limitation of the present disclosure. In addition, the terms "first" and "second" are only used for descriptive purposes, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features. Therefore, the features defined with "first" and "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of the features. In the description of the present disclosure, "plurality" means two or more than two unless specifically defined otherwise.
在本公开的描述中,需要说明的是,除非另有明确的规定和限定,术语“安装”、 “相连”、“连接”等应做广义理解,例如,可以是固定连接,也可以是可拆卸连接,或一体地连接:可以是机械连接,也可以是电连接或可以相互通讯;可以是直接相连,也可以通过中间媒介间接相连,可以是两个元件内部的连通或两个元件的相互作用关系。对于本领域的普通技术人员而言,可以根据具体情况理解上述术语在本公开中的具体含义。例如,本公开使用术语“耦接”,表示两个端子之间的连接方式可以是直接连接、也可以是通过一个中间媒介间接连接,可以是电气方面的有线连接、也可以是无线连接。In the description of the present disclosure, it should be noted that, unless otherwise clearly specified and limited, the terms "installation", "connection", "connection", etc. should be understood in a broad sense. For example, it may be a fixed connection or an option. Disassembly connection, or integral connection: it can be mechanical connection, it can be electrical connection or it can communicate with each other; it can be directly connected or indirectly connected through an intermediate medium, it can be the internal communication of two components or the mutual communication of two components Role relationship. For those of ordinary skill in the art, the specific meaning of the above-mentioned terms in the present disclosure can be understood according to specific circumstances. For example, the term "coupling" is used in this disclosure to indicate that the connection between two terminals can be direct connection, or indirect connection through an intermediate medium, and can be an electrical wired connection or a wireless connection.
在本公开中,除非另有明确的规定和限定,第一特征在第二特征之“上”或之“下”可以包括第一和第二特征直接接触,也可以包括第一和第二特征不是直接接触而是通过它们之间的另外的特征接触。而且,第一特征在第二特征“之上”、“上方”和“上面”包括第一特征在第二特征正上方和斜上方,或仅仅表示第一特征水平高度高于第二特征。第一特征在第二特征“之下”、“下方”和“下面”包括第一特征在第二特征正上方和斜上方,或仅仅表示第一特征水平高度小于第二特征。In the present disclosure, unless otherwise clearly defined and defined, the "above" or "below" of the first feature of the second feature may include the first and second features in direct contact, or may include the first and second features Not in direct contact but through other features between them. Moreover, "above", "above" and "above" the second feature of the first feature include the first feature being directly above and obliquely above the second feature, or it simply means that the level of the first feature is higher than the second feature. The “below”, “below” and “below” of the first feature of the second feature include the first feature directly above and diagonally above the second feature, or it simply means that the level of the first feature is smaller than the second feature.
下文的公开提供了许多不同的实施方式或例子用来实现本公开的不同结构。为了简化本公开的公开,下文中对特定例子的部件和设置进行描述。当然,它们仅仅为示例,并且目的不在于限制本公开。此外,本公开可以在不同例子中重复参考数字和/或参考字母,这种重复是为了简化和清楚的目的,其本身不指示所讨论各种实施方式和/或设置之间的关系。此外,本公开提供了的各种特定的工艺和材料的例子,但是本领域普通技术人员可以意识到其他工艺的应用和/或其他材料的使用。The following disclosure provides many different embodiments or examples for realizing different structures of the present disclosure. To simplify the disclosure of the present disclosure, components and settings of specific examples are described below. Of course, they are only examples, and are not intended to limit the present disclosure. In addition, the present disclosure may repeat reference numerals and/or reference letters in different examples, and this repetition is for the purpose of simplification and clarity, and does not indicate the relationship between the various embodiments and/or settings discussed. In addition, the present disclosure provides examples of various specific processes and materials, but those of ordinary skill in the art may be aware of the application of other processes and/or the use of other materials.
需要注意的是,除非另有说明,本公开使用的技术术语或者科学术语应当为本发明所属领域技术人员所理解的通常意义。It should be noted that, unless otherwise specified, the technical or scientific terms used in the present disclosure should have the usual meanings understood by those skilled in the art to which the present invention belongs.
以下结合附图对本公开的具体实施例进行说明,应当理解,此处所描述的优选实施例仅用于说明和解释本公开,并不用于限定本公开。The specific embodiments of the present disclosure will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. It should be understood that the preferred embodiments described herein are only used to illustrate and explain the present disclosure, and are not used to limit the present disclosure.
第一方面first
本公开的第一方面涉及一种波导型光学组件(或称“光学模组”)10,如图1所示。下面参考图1进行详细描述。The first aspect of the present disclosure relates to a waveguide type optical component (or “optical module”) 10, as shown in FIG. 1. The detailed description is given below with reference to FIG. 1.
如图1所示,波导型光学组件10包括光束生成器11、波导12、以及光束合成器13。其中,光束生成器11配置成形成光锥分布的光束组,所述光束组中不同方向的光束例如可携带有不同图像像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息。如图1所示,光束生成器11生成了发散角度为θ的光锥,其中每一条光束可单独地携带有图像像素的颜色和/或亮度信息。根据本公开的一个实施例,光束生成器11可以扫描以形成所述光锥分布的光束组,例如在第一时刻,光束生成器11发射出光束L1,在第二时刻,光束生成器11发射出光束L2,在第一时刻与第二时刻之间,光束生成器11发射出L1和L2之间的光束。可替换的,光束生成器11也可以同时发射出该光锥中的全部或者部分光束组,这些都在本公开的保护范围内。As shown in FIG. 1, the waveguide type optical component 10 includes a beam generator 11, a waveguide 12, and a beam combiner 13. The light beam generator 11 is configured to form a light beam group with a light cone distribution, and light beams in different directions in the light beam group may, for example, carry color information and/or brightness information of different image pixels. As shown in FIG. 1, the light beam generator 11 generates a light cone with a divergence angle θ, wherein each light beam can individually carry the color and/or brightness information of the image pixel. According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the beam generator 11 may scan to form a beam group of the light cone distribution. For example, at a first moment, the beam generator 11 emits a beam L1, and at a second moment, the beam generator 11 emits A light beam L2 is emitted. Between the first time and the second time, the beam generator 11 emits a light beam between L1 and L2. Alternatively, the beam generator 11 can also emit all or part of the beam group in the light cone at the same time, and these are all within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
本领域技术人员容易理解,光束生成器11可以在该光锥中形成连续分布的光束, 也可以形成离散的光线以组成光束组,例如各个光束并不是遍布在该光锥的任一角度处,而是离散的。根据本公开的一个优选实施例,波导型光学组件10具有入瞳10-In和出瞳10-Out,所述光锥的顶点可位于所述入瞳10-In的位置处。图1中,光锥的发散角度为θ。光束生成器11可以本身具有发散角度θ,从而从其上发射出的光束的发散角本身就对应于光锥的发散角度θ。或者可替换的,光束生成器11包括激光器,其发射出的激光束为高方向性的细光束,在此情况下,光束生成器11例如可包括扫描装置,用于将激光器发射出的高方向性细光束进行扫描,从而形成发散角度为θ的光锥。下文将详细描述。或者可替换的,光束生成器11所发射出的为汇聚光束,汇聚点为该入瞳10-In的位置,即光锥的顶点处,经过汇聚点后的光则可以看作来自于该汇聚点的发散光束。这些都在本公开的保护范围内。另外,光束生成器11所发出的光束可以为单色光束、或者由多个单色光混合而成的多色光束。除了携带颜色信息,光束生成器11所发出的光束还可以携带亮度信息。本公开中的细光束,或者高方向性的细光束,例如是指光束直径小于2毫米、或小于1毫米(优选小于0.01mm)、发散角度0.02-0.03度或更小的光束。Those skilled in the art can easily understand that the beam generator 11 can form a continuously distributed light beam in the light cone, or can form discrete light rays to form a beam group. For example, each light beam does not spread over any angle of the light cone. It's discrete. According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the waveguide type optical component 10 has an entrance pupil 10-In and an exit pupil 10-Out, and the vertex of the light cone may be located at the position of the entrance pupil 10-In. In Figure 1, the divergence angle of the light cone is θ. The beam generator 11 may itself have a divergence angle θ, so that the divergence angle of the beam emitted therefrom corresponds to the divergence angle θ of the light cone. Or alternatively, the beam generator 11 includes a laser, and the laser beam emitted by it is a thin beam with high directivity. In this case, the beam generator 11 may include, for example, a scanning device for emitting a high-direction laser beam. The light beam is scanned to form a light cone with a divergence angle θ. This will be described in detail below. Or alternatively, the beam generator 11 emits a convergent beam, and the convergent point is the position of the entrance pupil 10-In, that is, at the apex of the light cone. The light passing through the convergent point can be regarded as coming from the convergent beam. Divergent beam of points. These are all within the protection scope of the present disclosure. In addition, the light beam emitted by the light beam generator 11 may be a monochromatic light beam or a multi-color light beam formed by a mixture of multiple monochromatic lights. In addition to carrying color information, the light beam emitted by the light beam generator 11 can also carry brightness information. The slender beam or the highly directional slender beam in the present disclosure, for example, refers to a beam with a beam diameter of less than 2 mm, or less than 1 mm (preferably less than 0.01 mm), and a divergence angle of 0.02-0.03 degrees or less.
另外,本领域技术人员容易理解,光束生成器11所形成的光锥分布的光束组中,各条光束可以是同时发射的,也可以是在不同时刻发射的(例如通过扫描的方式形成的),这些都在本公开的保护范围内。In addition, those skilled in the art can easily understand that, in the beam group of the light cone distribution formed by the beam generator 11, each beam may be emitted at the same time or at different times (for example, formed by scanning) All of these are within the protection scope of this disclosure.
波导12具有耦入面121,用于接收所述光束生成器11形成的光锥分布的光束组,并将所述光束组中的光束耦入所述波导12中。波导12的一部分表面的外部是空气(或称自由空间),由于波导12的折射率大于空气的折射率,因此耦合进入波导的光束满足角度的入射条件的情况下,在所述波导与空气的界面处会发生全反射。The waveguide 12 has a coupling surface 121 for receiving the light beam group formed by the light beam generator 11 with a light cone distribution, and coupling the light beams in the light beam group into the waveguide 12. The outside of a part of the surface of the waveguide 12 is air (or called free space). Since the refractive index of the waveguide 12 is greater than that of air, the light beam coupled into the waveguide meets the angle of incidence conditions. Total reflection occurs at the interface.
光束合成器13贴附在所述波导12的一表面上,用于改变入射到其上的光束的传播方向,使其以不同角度离开所述波导,进入自由空间(例如空气)中继续传播,其中来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后汇聚于一点,该汇聚点例如为所述波导型光学组件10的出瞳10-Out。如图1所示,由光束L1和L2限定的光锥分布的光束组中的任一光束,进入波导12,在波导12与空气的界面处发生全反射后入射到光束合成器13上,经光束合成器13调制后离开波导12,进入空气中继续传播,均汇聚于一点,即出瞳10-Out。The beam combiner 13 is attached to a surface of the waveguide 12 to change the propagation direction of the light beam incident on it so that it leaves the waveguide at different angles and enters the free space (such as air) to continue to propagate, The light beams from the light beam group with the same light cone distribution converge at a point after leaving the waveguide, and the converging point is, for example, the exit pupil 10-Out of the waveguide-type optical component 10. As shown in Fig. 1, any light beam in the light beam group defined by the light beams L1 and L2 enters the waveguide 12, is totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide 12 and the air, and then is incident on the beam combiner 13. The beam combiner 13 leaves the waveguide 12 after being modulated, enters the air and continues to propagate, all converging at one point, namely the exit pupil 10-Out.
本领域技术人员容易理解,光束合成器13的折射率例如与波导12的折射率相同或者接近,因而当入射到光束合成器13所在的部位时,光线会进入光束合成器中,而不会继续发生全反射。例如,光束合成器可以是感光膜,或者是在玻璃上涂覆感光材料制成,感光材料的折射率与波导接近,因此光线会进入光束合成器,而不会全反射。It is easy for those skilled in the art to understand that the refractive index of the beam combiner 13 is, for example, the same as or close to the refractive index of the waveguide 12, so when it is incident on the part where the beam combiner 13 is located, the light will enter the beam combiner instead of continuing. Total reflection occurs. For example, the beam combiner can be a photosensitive film, or it can be made by coating a photosensitive material on glass. The refractive index of the photosensitive material is close to that of the waveguide, so the light will enter the beam combiner without total reflection.
根据本公开的一个优选实施例,所述光束合成器13例如包括衍射光学元件,所述衍射光学元件贴附于所述波导12的一个表面,在所述波导与空气的界面发生全反射后的不同方向的光束以不同方向传播到所述衍射光学元件的不同位置时均发生衍射,传播方向改变并进入自由空间,进入自由空间的来自于所述衍射光学元件不同位置的不同方向衍射的细光束(对应于同一光锥)均汇聚到自由空间中的所述一点。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the beam combiner 13 includes, for example, a diffractive optical element, which is attached to one surface of the waveguide 12, and is completely reflected at the interface between the waveguide and air. Light beams in different directions are diffracted when they propagate to different positions of the diffractive optical element in different directions, the propagation direction changes and enters the free space, and the small beams diffracted in different directions from different positions of the diffractive optical element enter the free space. (Corresponding to the same light cone) all converge to the point in the free space.
所述的衍射光学元件例如是体全息光学元件,既可以是为透射式体全息光学元件, 也可以是反射式体全息光学元件。下面将详细描述。The diffractive optical element is, for example, a volume holographic optical element, which may be a transmissive volume holographic optical element or a reflective volume holographic optical element. This will be described in detail below.
下面详细描述图1所示的波导型光学组件10的工作原理。图1中,光束生成器11形成光锥分布的光束组,例如以该光束组中位于边界处的两条光束L1和L2为例,分别入射到波导12的耦入面121上,通过耦入面121被耦入到波导12内部。光束L1和L2在波导12内部传播,在波导与自由空间(例如空气)的界面处发生全反射(例如在图1中的点A和B处),反射光最终入射到光束合成器13上(入射点例如为图1中的点C和D处)。光束合成器13例如是反射式的体全息光学元件,其可以使得入射到其上的光束,无论其入射方向或者入射角度如何,均能够发生衍射,衍射光束汇聚穿过空间中的一点,例如图1中所示的波导型光学组件的出瞳10-Out。The working principle of the waveguide type optical component 10 shown in FIG. 1 will be described in detail below. In FIG. 1, the beam generator 11 forms a beam group with a light cone distribution. For example, two beams L1 and L2 located at the boundary in the beam group are incident on the coupling surface 121 of the waveguide 12 respectively, and the light beams The face 121 is coupled inside the waveguide 12. The light beams L1 and L2 propagate inside the waveguide 12, and total reflection occurs at the interface between the waveguide and free space (for example, air) (for example, at points A and B in Fig. 1), and the reflected light is finally incident on the beam combiner 13 ( The incident points are, for example, points C and D in FIG. 1). The beam combiner 13 is, for example, a reflective volume holographic optical element, which can make the beam incident on it, regardless of its incident direction or angle of incidence, can be diffracted, and the diffracted beams converge and pass through a point in space, as shown in Fig. The exit pupil 10-Out of the waveguide type optical component shown in 1.
图1中示出了光束L1和光束L2在波导12内部经过一次全反射后入射到光束合成器13上,本领域技术人员能够理解,本公开的保护范围不限于波导12内部全反射的次数,也可以为多次全反射,例如可根据波导的尺寸和波导的材料的折射率来决定。另外,不同角度的光束的全反射次数可以不相同,这些都在本公开的保护范围内。另外,光束合成器13可以贴附在波导12的一侧的整个表面上,也可以贴附在一侧的部分表面上。FIG. 1 shows that the light beam L1 and the light beam L2 are incident on the beam combiner 13 after a total reflection inside the waveguide 12. Those skilled in the art can understand that the protection scope of the present disclosure is not limited to the number of total reflections inside the waveguide 12. It may also be multiple total reflection, for example, it may be determined according to the size of the waveguide and the refractive index of the material of the waveguide. In addition, the total reflection times of light beams at different angles may be different, and these are all within the protection scope of the present disclosure. In addition, the beam combiner 13 may be attached to the entire surface of one side of the waveguide 12, or may be attached to a part of the surface of one side.
图1中示出的是一种反射式的光束合成器13,即入射光束与经过光束合成器13之后出射的光束,位于光束合成器13的同一侧(图1中为上侧),即光束合成器13实施了类似反射式的光束调制。图2示出了透射式的光束合成器13。其中与图1类似,光束生成器11形成光锥分布的光束组,例如以该光束组中位于边界处的两条光束L1和L2为例,分别入射到波导12的耦入面121上,被耦入到波导12内部。光束L1和L2在波导12内部,在波导与自由空间(例如空气)的界面处发生全反射(例如在图2中的点A和B处),最终入射到光束合成器13上(入射点例如为图2中的点C和D处),穿过光束合成器13,并且经过光束合成器13的调制,来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后汇聚于一点,即对应于同一光锥而出射的光束均穿过波导型光学组件10的出瞳10-Out的位置。Figure 1 shows a reflective beam combiner 13, that is, the incident beam and the beam emitted after passing through the beam combiner 13 are located on the same side of the beam combiner 13 (upper side in Figure 1), that is, the beam The combiner 13 implements a reflection-like beam modulation. FIG. 2 shows a transmissive beam combiner 13. Similar to FIG. 1, the beam generator 11 forms a beam group with a light cone distribution. For example, two beams L1 and L2 located at the boundary of the beam group are incident on the coupling surface 121 of the waveguide 12 respectively, and are Coupled to the inside of the waveguide 12. The light beams L1 and L2 are inside the waveguide 12, are totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the free space (for example, air) (for example, at points A and B in FIG. 2), and are finally incident on the beam combiner 13 (for example, the incident point 2), passing through the beam combiner 13 and modulated by the beam combiner 13, the beams from the beam group of the same light cone distribution leave the waveguide and converge at one point, that is, the corresponding The light beams emitted from the same light cone all pass through the exit pupil 10-Out of the waveguide type optical component 10.
注意,本公开中的波导型光学组件的“入瞳”和“出瞳”,既可以是空间中的一点,也可以是空间中的一个区域。Note that the “entrance pupil” and “exit pupil” of the waveguide type optical component in the present disclosure may be either a point in space or a region in space.
图1和图2所示的波导型光学组件,包括光束生成器、波导和光束合成器,能够有效地减小波导型光学组件的厚度。尤其是当用于VR或AR眼镜时,能够将整个模组的厚度做的较小。现有的VR或AR的光学模组中,光束生成器需要布置在用户头部的侧部,并且需要具有一定的角度,以避免光束被用户的额头遮挡,因此整个模组的厚度需要做的较大。而本公开的实施例中,通过波导来传播来自光束生成器的光束,则不必担心用户额头遮挡的问题。因此整体厚度可以做的较小。The waveguide type optical component shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 includes a beam generator, a waveguide, and a beam combiner, which can effectively reduce the thickness of the waveguide type optical component. Especially when used for VR or AR glasses, the thickness of the entire module can be made smaller. In the existing VR or AR optical module, the beam generator needs to be arranged on the side of the user's head, and it needs to have a certain angle to avoid the beam from being blocked by the user's forehead, so the thickness of the entire module needs to be made Larger. However, in the embodiments of the present disclosure, the light beam from the beam generator is propagated through the waveguide, and there is no need to worry about the user's forehead occlusion. Therefore, the overall thickness can be made smaller.
图3示出了根据本公开一个优选实施例的波导型光学组件20。下面参考图3详细描述。FIG. 3 shows a waveguide type optical component 20 according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure. This is described in detail below with reference to FIG. 3.
图3中的波导型光学组件20同样包括波导12和光束合成器13,与图1、图2所示的类似,此处不再赘述。如图3所示,所述光束生成器包括光源111和微机电系统112,其中光源111配置成可生成携带图像像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息的光束L0, 光束L0入射到微机电系统112,微机电系统112配置成可对所述光束L0进行扫描,形成所述光锥分布的光束组。根据本公开的一个优选实施例,微机电系统112例如包括MEMS振镜,MEMS振镜接收入射光束L0,并对该光束进行扫描,形成该光锥分布的光束组。The waveguide type optical component 20 in FIG. 3 also includes a waveguide 12 and a beam combiner 13, which are similar to those shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 and will not be repeated here. As shown in FIG. 3, the light beam generator includes a light source 111 and a microelectromechanical system 112, wherein the light source 111 is configured to generate a light beam L0 carrying color information and/or brightness information of image pixels, and the light beam L0 is incident on the microelectromechanical system 112 , The microelectromechanical system 112 is configured to scan the light beam L0 to form a beam group with the light cone distribution. According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the microelectromechanical system 112 includes, for example, a MEMS galvanometer. The MEMS galvanometer receives the incident light beam L0 and scans the light beam to form a beam group with the light cone distribution.
图3中,光源111出射的光束L0始终位于同一条空间路径上,但由于微机电系统112(例如其中的MEMS振镜),可进行转动并对入射到其上的光束L0进行扫描,从而出射光束形成了光锥分布的光束组(如图3中由L1和L2限定的光锥)。In FIG. 3, the light beam L0 emitted by the light source 111 is always located on the same spatial path, but due to the microelectromechanical system 112 (such as the MEMS galvanometer), it can rotate and scan the light beam L0 incident on it to emit The light beams form a beam group of light cone distribution (the light cone defined by L1 and L2 in Fig. 3).
根据本公开的一个优选实施例,所述光束生成器是细光束生成器,其光源包括多个激光器、控制器和合束器,所述控制器与所述多个激光器耦合,并控制所述多个激光器发射出激光束,例如控制激光器的发光时间、强度以及其他光学参数。所述多个激光器的激光束入射到所述合束器,合成为在空间上传播路径重合的近平行性细光束。下面参考图3进行详细描述According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the beam generator is a thin beam generator, and its light source includes a plurality of lasers, a controller, and a beam combiner. The controller is coupled with the plurality of lasers and controls the plurality of lasers. A laser emits a laser beam, for example, to control the emitting time, intensity and other optical parameters of the laser. The laser beams of the multiple lasers are incident on the beam combiner and combined into nearly parallel thin beams with overlapping propagation paths in space. The detailed description is given below with reference to Figure 3
如图3所示,所述光源111包括激光器,例如图3中示出了包括第一激光器1111、第二激光器1112以及第三激光器1113,其中第一激光器1111例如为红色激光器,第二激光器1112例如为绿色激光器,第三激光器1113例如为蓝色激光器,分别发出相应颜色的激光光束。可选的,光源111还包括第一透镜(或透镜组)1114、第二透镜(或透镜组)1115以及第三透镜(或透镜组)1116,分别用于对光路上游的第一激光器1111、第二激光器1112以及第三激光器1113发出的激光光束进行准直,或者缩小其发散角,或者进行压缩,从而形成高方向性的细光束。所述合束器例如包括分别与所述多个激光器发出的激光的波长对应的光学薄膜分光片,分别设置在各个激光器的应的透镜(或透镜组)的下游,其中所述激光器的激光经过所述透镜组后,入射到对应的光学薄膜分光片,经过反射或透射形成所述在空间上传播路径重合的近平行性细光束。可选的,对应于红色激光器、绿色激光器和蓝色激光器,光源111的合束器包括第一分光片1117、第二分光片1118、第三分光片1119,用于合束红色、绿色和蓝色激光光束。以下以第一分光片1117为例进行详细说明。第一分光片1117设置在第一透镜1114的光路下游,其例如是与所述第一激光器1111发出的激光的波长对应的光学薄膜分片,可以使得第一激光器1111发射的红光进行反射,而红光以外颜色的光被透射。类似的,第二分光片1118使得第二激光器112发射的绿光被反射,绿光以外颜色的光被透射;第三分光片1119使得第三激光器1113发射的蓝光被反射,蓝光以外颜色的光被透射。红色激光被第一分光片1117反射,入射到第二分光片1118上并透射穿过第二分光片1118,接着透射穿过第三分光片1119。绿色激光被第二分光片1118反射,入射到第三分光片1119上并透射穿过第三分光片1119。蓝色激光被第三分光片1119反射。第一分光片1117、第二分光片1118、第三分光片1119的反射路径设置成是相同的,如图3所示,因此,从三个分光器反射的光束最终合成了光束L0。其中所述透镜组可包含液体透镜或液晶透镜,可通过外部电压控制调节透镜组的等效焦距,用于控制激光器发出的激光束的发散角和/或直径。所述控制器例如可控制相对应的激光器。举例说明,诸如目前投射的像素中只有红色和绿色的颜色分量,那么第一激光器1111和第二激光器1112被控制器控制,发射出相应波长的激光束;而第三激光器 1113被控制器控制,不发出激光束。As shown in FIG. 3, the light source 111 includes a laser. For example, FIG. 3 shows a first laser 1111, a second laser 1112, and a third laser 1113. The first laser 1111 is, for example, a red laser, and the second laser 1112 For example, it is a green laser, and the third laser 1113 is, for example, a blue laser, which respectively emit laser beams of corresponding colors. Optionally, the light source 111 further includes a first lens (or lens group) 1114, a second lens (or lens group) 1115, and a third lens (or lens group) 1116, which are respectively used to illuminate the first laser 1111 in the upstream of the optical path. The laser beams emitted by the second laser 1112 and the third laser 1113 are collimated, or their divergence angle is reduced, or compressed, so as to form a thin beam with high directivity. The beam combiner includes, for example, optical thin film beam splitters respectively corresponding to the wavelengths of the laser light emitted by the multiple lasers, which are respectively arranged downstream of the corresponding lens (or lens group) of each laser, wherein the laser light of the laser passes After the lens group, it is incident on the corresponding optical film splitter, and forms the nearly parallel thin beams with overlapping propagation paths in space through reflection or transmission. Optionally, corresponding to the red laser, the green laser and the blue laser, the beam combiner of the light source 111 includes a first beam splitter 1117, a second beam splitter 1118, and a third beam splitter 1119 for combining red, green and blue beams. Color laser beam. The following takes the first beam splitter 1117 as an example for detailed description. The first beam splitter 1117 is arranged downstream of the optical path of the first lens 1114, which is, for example, an optical thin film slice corresponding to the wavelength of the laser light emitted by the first laser 1111, which can reflect the red light emitted by the first laser 1111, The light of colors other than red is transmitted. Similarly, the second beam splitter 1118 allows the green light emitted by the second laser 112 to be reflected, and light of colors other than green is transmitted; the third beam splitter 1119 allows the blue light emitted by the third laser 1113 to be reflected, and light of colors other than blue light is reflected. It is transmitted. The red laser light is reflected by the first beam splitter 1117, is incident on the second beam splitter 1118, passes through the second beam splitter 1118, and then transmits through the third beam splitter 1119. The green laser light is reflected by the second beam splitter 1118, is incident on the third beam splitter 1119, and is transmitted through the third beam splitter 1119. The blue laser light is reflected by the third beam splitter 1119. The reflection paths of the first beam splitter 1117, the second beam splitter 1118, and the third beam splitter 1119 are set to be the same, as shown in FIG. 3. Therefore, the light beams reflected from the three beam splitters finally combine the light beam L0. The lens group may include a liquid lens or a liquid crystal lens, and the equivalent focal length of the lens group can be adjusted by external voltage control to control the divergence angle and/or diameter of the laser beam emitted by the laser. The controller can control the corresponding laser, for example. For example, if there are only red and green color components in the currently projected pixels, then the first laser 1111 and the second laser 1112 are controlled by the controller to emit laser beams of corresponding wavelengths; and the third laser 1113 is controlled by the controller, No laser beam is emitted.
另外,分光片也可以是宽带分光片,即允许一定波段范围的光线的反射,而对其他波段的光线则进行透射。In addition, the beam splitter can also be a broadband beam splitter, which allows the reflection of light in a certain range of wavelengths while transmitting light of other wavelengths.
光束L0入射到MEMS振镜112(诸如光学扫描振镜)上。振镜中的反射镜在电磁力的作用下,在一定角度范围内来回偏转,从而将入射光束L0扫描出射后形成光锥状的光束组,例如由不同时刻的反射光束L1和L2限定成的光锥,其中光锥的顶点,例如振镜的摆动中心,位于波导型光学组件20的入瞳10-In的位置处。另外,根据本公开的一个优选实施例,振镜112和波导12设置成使得:振镜在其扫描极限位置处产生的光束(例如光束L1和L2),均可以被耦合进入波导12中,并且必要的话,进入波导12后,在波导12与空气的交界处,满足全反射的条件。此处不再赘述。The light beam L0 is incident on the MEMS galvanometer 112 (such as an optical scanning galvanometer). The mirror in the galvanometer deflects back and forth within a certain angle range under the action of electromagnetic force, so that the incident beam L0 is scanned and emitted to form a light cone-shaped beam group, for example, it is defined by the reflected beams L1 and L2 at different times The light cone, in which the vertex of the light cone, such as the swing center of the galvanometer, is located at the position of the entrance pupil 10-In of the waveguide type optical component 20. In addition, according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the galvanometer 112 and the waveguide 12 are arranged such that the light beams (for example, light beams L1 and L2) generated by the galvanometer at its scanning limit position can be coupled into the waveguide 12, and If necessary, after entering the waveguide 12, the condition of total reflection is satisfied at the junction of the waveguide 12 and the air. I won't repeat them here.
另外,根据本公开的一个优选实施例,所述光源111还可包括设置在所述透镜(透镜组)1114、1115、1116与光学薄膜分光片1117、1118、1119之间的光阑、波片、偏振片、衰减片中的一个或多个(未示出),所述光源111还可以包括与所述透镜(透镜组)耦合的微电机(未示出),所述微电机可调节所述透镜(透镜组)的位置,或者调节透镜组中透镜间的相对位置,以调节从所述透镜组出射的光束的光斑尺寸和/或发散角等光学参数。In addition, according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the light source 111 may further include diaphragms and wave plates arranged between the lenses (lens groups) 1114, 1115, 1116 and the optical film splitters 1117, 1118, 1119 One or more of, polarizer, attenuator (not shown), the light source 111 may also include a micromotor (not shown) coupled with the lens (lens group), the micromotor can adjust the The position of the lens (lens group), or the relative position of the lenses in the lens group, is adjusted to adjust the optical parameters such as the spot size and/or divergence angle of the light beam emitted from the lens group.
本领域技术人员容易理解,第一激光器1111、第二激光器1112和第三激光器1113所发射的激光光束的颜色和强度,例如对应于图片或者图案的一个像素的RGB三种颜色的分量,分别透射出相应颜色的激光束,然后再进行合束。Those skilled in the art can easily understand that the colors and intensities of the laser beams emitted by the first laser 1111, the second laser 1112, and the third laser 1113, for example, the three color components of RGB corresponding to a pixel of the picture or pattern, respectively transmit The laser beam of the corresponding color is output, and then the beam is combined.
注意,本领域技术人员容易理解,图3中示意性地示出了光源111包括红色、绿色、蓝色的三个激光器,但本公开的保护范围不限于此。例如,光源111可以包括更多数目或者更少数目的的激光器,并且激光器的颜色可以根据需要而随意的选择。例如,光源111可以仅包括一个激光器,发出单色激光,这些都在本公开的保护范围内。Note that those skilled in the art can easily understand that the light source 111 is schematically shown in FIG. 3 including three lasers of red, green, and blue, but the protection scope of the present disclosure is not limited thereto. For example, the light source 111 may include a larger number or a smaller number of lasers, and the color of the lasers can be arbitrarily selected according to needs. For example, the light source 111 may include only one laser to emit monochromatic laser light, which are all within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
另外,本公开的保护范围不限于激光器发射的光场的类型。激光器发出的既可以是平面波,也可以是球面波,通过透镜或者透镜组来进行准直和压缩,这些对于本领域技术人员来说都是容易理解的。In addition, the protection scope of the present disclosure is not limited to the type of light field emitted by the laser. The laser emits either a plane wave or a spherical wave, which is collimated and compressed by a lens or lens group, which is easy to understand for those skilled in the art.
图4示出了根据本公开另一个实施例的波导型光学组件30。如图4所示,波导型光学组件30中包括波导12和光束合成器13,与图1-3中所述的相同,此处不再赘述。图4中,波导型光学组件30还包括光束生成器31,所述光束生成器31例如包括顺序排列的光源311、透镜312和显示屏313。其中,光源311例如为单色的激光光源,或者多色的激光光源(例如红、绿、蓝激光器),或者也可以是LED光源或OLED光源,用于为显示屏313提供照明或者背光。使用激光光源时,例如为耦入光纤的光源,从光纤头发出发散照明光,光源311发射的光入射到所述透镜312上,经透镜312进行调制,汇聚到所述入瞳10-In的位置,从而形成了所述光锥状的光束组。显示屏313例如可以是DMD、LCOS、LCD中的一个或多个,设置在所述透镜312和所述入瞳10-In之间。显示屏312本身可以载入图像,并根据载入的图像的颜色和/或亮度的信息,对从透镜312照射到其上的光进行调制。因此,经过显示屏313出射的光束组,不但汇聚到所述入瞳10-In,而且携带了不同图像像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息。FIG. 4 shows a waveguide type optical component 30 according to another embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 4, the waveguide type optical component 30 includes a waveguide 12 and a beam combiner 13, which are the same as those described in FIGS. 1-3, and will not be repeated here. In FIG. 4, the waveguide type optical component 30 further includes a beam generator 31, and the beam generator 31 includes, for example, a light source 311, a lens 312 and a display screen 313 arranged in sequence. Wherein, the light source 311 is, for example, a monochromatic laser light source, or a multi-color laser light source (such as red, green, and blue lasers), or may also be an LED light source or an OLED light source, for providing illumination or backlighting for the display screen 313. When using a laser light source, for example, a light source coupled into an optical fiber, the astigmatism light is emitted from the fiber head, and the light emitted by the light source 311 is incident on the lens 312, modulated by the lens 312, and converged to the entrance pupil 10-In Position, thereby forming the light cone-shaped beam group. The display screen 313 may be one or more of DMD, LCOS, and LCD, for example, and is arranged between the lens 312 and the entrance pupil 10-In. The display screen 312 itself can load an image, and modulate the light irradiated from the lens 312 on it according to the color and/or brightness information of the loaded image. Therefore, the light beam group exiting through the display screen 313 not only converges to the entrance pupil 10-In, but also carries color information and/or brightness information of different image pixels.
或者可替换的,如图5所示,可以将显示屏313(诸如DMD、LCOS、LCD中的一个或多个)设置在光源311与透镜312之间,光源311发射的光直接照射到显示屏313上,显示屏313根据载入的图像的颜色和/或亮度的信息,对照射到其上的光束进行调制,调制后的光束经过透镜312,汇聚到所述入瞳10-In的位置,进而形成了所述光锥分布的光束组。此处不再赘述。Or alternatively, as shown in FIG. 5, a display screen 313 (such as one or more of DMD, LCOS, LCD) can be arranged between the light source 311 and the lens 312, and the light emitted by the light source 311 directly illuminates the display screen. On the 313, the display screen 313 modulates the light beam irradiated on it according to the color and/or brightness information of the loaded image. The modulated light beam passes through the lens 312 and converges to the position of the entrance pupil 10-In. In turn, the beam group of the light cone distribution is formed. I won't repeat them here.
可替换的,本领域技术人员也可以构思出,使用面光源照明光或使用与图5相同的点光源并在点光源后放置散射膜,通过散射光照明显示器,从而由显示屏上发出的光具有各种方向,在所述组件的入瞳位置,放置一个小孔的光阑,从显示屏发出的经过小孔光阑后的光形成光锥的光束组,此种情况下,无需所述透镜312,亦可实现相同的效果。Alternatively, those skilled in the art can also conceive of using a surface light source to illuminate the light or using the same point light source as in Fig. 5 and placing a scattering film behind the point light source to illuminate the display through the scattered light, so that the light emitted by the display screen With various directions, a small aperture diaphragm is placed at the entrance pupil position of the component, and the light emitted from the display screen after passing through the small aperture diaphragm forms a beam group of light cones. In this case, the aforementioned The lens 312 can also achieve the same effect.
图1-5中所示的波导12的耦入面121,均为凹入式的耦入面。根据本公开的一个优选实施例,也可以采用凸出式的耦入面的结构,如图6所示。另外更加优选的,凸出式的耦入面的结构与所述光束合成器13的边缘相靠近或者接触,接触的位置可用作定位,可以作为贴附所述光束合成器13的起始位置。所述凸出的耦入结构与所述光束合成器所在的平面相交,相交的位置可用作定位,用于将所述光束合成器贴附在所述波导上。The coupling surfaces 121 of the waveguide 12 shown in FIGS. 1-5 are all concave coupling surfaces. According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, a convex coupling surface structure can also be adopted, as shown in FIG. 6. In addition, more preferably, the structure of the convex coupling surface is close to or in contact with the edge of the beam combiner 13, and the contact position can be used for positioning, and can be used as the starting position for attaching the beam combiner 13 . The protruding coupling structure intersects the plane where the beam combiner is located, and the intersecting position can be used as a positioning for attaching the beam combiner to the waveguide.
如前所述,所述的光束合成器13例如包括衍射光学元件DOE,例如是体全息光学元件,既可以是为透射式体全息光学元件,也可以是反射式体全息光学元件。下面将详细描述。As mentioned above, the beam combiner 13 includes, for example, a diffractive optical element DOE, such as a volume holographic optical element, which may be a transmissive volume holographic optical element or a reflective volume holographic optical element. This will be described in detail below.
根据本公开的一个优选实施例,所述体全息光学元件为单个彩色体全息光学元件,例如为单张的彩色体全息光学薄膜,所述单张的彩色体全息光学薄膜例如通过与所述多个激光器对应波长的激光曝光得到,因而对所述多个激光器发出的相应颜色的激光光束均能够发生衍射,并进行相应的调制。例如,当对红、绿、蓝激光均敏感的单张彩色体全息光学薄膜用于图3实施例的波导型光学组件时,无论入射光束为红色、绿色、蓝色、或者其中多种的组合,该彩色体全息光学薄膜均可以对入射光束进行衍射调制,汇聚于波导外的一点。另外,所述单张的彩色体全息光学薄膜可通过所述多个激光器的激光同时曝光得到,也可以每次通过一种颜色的激光曝光,进行多次连续曝光而得到。这种方式的优点在于,无需将多张体全息光学薄膜对位,设置方式简单。但可能的问题是衍射效率降低。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the volume holographic optical element is a single color volume holographic optical element, for example, a single color volume holographic optical film. The laser beams of the corresponding wavelengths of the two lasers are exposed, so that the laser beams of the corresponding colors emitted by the multiple lasers can all be diffracted and correspondingly modulated. For example, when a single color volume holographic optical film sensitive to red, green, and blue lasers is used in the waveguide type optical component of the embodiment of FIG. 3, no matter whether the incident light beam is red, green, blue, or a combination of multiple , The color volume holographic optical film can diffract and modulate the incident light beam and converge at a point outside the waveguide. In addition, the single colored volume holographic optical film can be obtained by simultaneous laser exposure of the multiple lasers, or it can be obtained by performing multiple consecutive exposures by laser exposure of one color at a time. The advantage of this method is that there is no need to align multiple volume holographic optical films, and the setting method is simple. But the possible problem is that the diffraction efficiency is reduced.
或者可替换的,所述体全息光学元件包括准确对位并堆叠在一起的多个单色体全息光学元件,与所述多个激光器的数目对应,所述多个单色体全息光学元件分别通过与所述多个激光器其中一个对应波长的激光曝光得到。如图7所示,所述光束合成器13例如包括三张体全息光学薄膜,分别为第一体全息光学薄膜131、第二体全息光学薄膜132、第三体全息光学薄膜133,分别对不同颜色的光束进行衍射调制。以第一体全息光学薄膜131为例进行说明,其例如为红色分量全息光学元件(HOE),仅对红色的激光发生衍射,对其他颜色的激光光束不发生衍射,使得以不同角度入射到其上的红色激光光束,经过第一体全息光学薄膜131的衍射调制之后,其以不同角度进入自由空间继续传播,其中在自由空间传播的不同方向的光束均汇聚于所述出瞳10-Out的 位置处。类似的,第二体全息光学薄膜132例如为绿色分量体全息光学元件,仅对于绿色激光发生衍射,对于其他颜色的激光光束不发生衍射,使得以不同角度入射到其上的绿色激光光束,经过第一体全息光学薄膜的衍射调制之后,以不同角度进入自由空间继续传播,其中在自由空间传播的不同方向的光束均汇聚于所述出瞳10-Out的位置处。类似的,第三体全息光学薄膜133例如为蓝色分量全息光学元件,仅对于蓝色激光光束发生衍射,对于其他颜色的激光光束不发生衍射,使得以不同角度入射到其上的蓝色激光光束,经过第一体全息光学薄膜的衍射调制之后,以不同角度进入自由空间继续传播,其中在自由空间传播的不同方向的光束均汇聚于所述出瞳10-Out的位置处。本领域技术人员容易理解,如果光源中包括了更多颜色的激光器的话,那么所述光束合成器13也可以包括对应的体全息光学薄膜。这些都在本公开的保护范围内。这种方式的优点在于,每个体全息光学元件仅单次曝光,衍射效率高,但这种方式对于多个体全息光学元件堆叠的精度要求较高。曝光使用的激光器例如为单纵模激光器,具有很强的相干性。用作显示光源的激光器可以为低相干性的多纵模激光器,或者对应颜色波长的LED或OLED光源。在使用时,将包括第一体全息光学薄膜131、第二体全息光学薄膜132、第三体全息光学薄膜133的光束合成器13直接贴附在波导12的表面上,即可实现对入射到其上的各种颜色光束的衍射调制效果。Or alternatively, the volume holographic optical element includes a plurality of monochromatic volume holographic optical elements accurately aligned and stacked together, corresponding to the number of the plurality of lasers, the plurality of monochromatic volume holographic optical elements are respectively It is obtained by laser exposure with a wavelength corresponding to one of the plurality of lasers. As shown in FIG. 7, the beam combiner 13 includes, for example, three volume holographic optical films, which are a first volume holographic optical film 131, a second volume holographic optical film 132, and a third volume holographic optical film 133, respectively. Color light beams are diffracted and modulated. Taking the first volume holographic optical film 131 as an example, it is, for example, a red component holographic optical element (HOE), which only diffracts red laser beams, and does not diffract laser beams of other colors, so that it is incident on it at different angles. The red laser beam above, after being diffracted and modulated by the first volume holographic optical film 131, enters the free space at different angles and continues to propagate. The beams in different directions propagating in the free space are all concentrated on the exit pupil 10-Out. Location. Similarly, the second volume holographic optical film 132 is, for example, a green component volume holographic optical element, which only diffracts green laser beams, and does not diffract laser beams of other colors, so that green laser beams incident on it at different angles pass through After the diffraction modulation of the first integrated holographic optical film, it enters the free space at different angles and continues to propagate, wherein the light beams in different directions propagating in the free space are all converged at the position of the exit pupil 10-Out. Similarly, the third volume holographic optical film 133 is, for example, a blue component holographic optical element, which only diffracts blue laser beams, and does not diffract laser beams of other colors, so that blue lasers incident on it at different angles After the light beam is diffracted and modulated by the first volume holographic optical film, it enters the free space at different angles and continues to propagate. The light beams in different directions propagating in the free space are all converged at the position of the exit pupil 10-Out. Those skilled in the art can easily understand that if the light source includes more color lasers, the beam combiner 13 may also include a corresponding volume holographic optical film. These are all within the protection scope of the present disclosure. The advantage of this method is that each volume holographic optical element is exposed for a single time, and the diffraction efficiency is high. However, this method requires high precision for stacking multiple volume holographic optical elements. The laser used for exposure is, for example, a single longitudinal mode laser, which has strong coherence. The laser used as the display light source can be a low-coherence multi-longitudinal-mode laser, or an LED or OLED light source with a corresponding color wavelength. In use, the beam combiner 13 including the first volume holographic optical film 131, the second volume holographic optical film 132, and the third volume holographic optical film 133 is directly attached to the surface of the waveguide 12 to realize the incident The diffraction modulation effect of various color beams on it.
或者可替换的,所述体全息光学元件包括准确对位并堆叠在一起的多个体全息光学元件,所述多个体全息光学元件的数目少于所述多个激光器的数目,所述多个体全息光学元件中的至少一个通过所述多个激光器中的至少两个的激光曝光得到,其余的体全息光学元件通过所述多个激光器中的其中一个的激光曝光得到。例如在图7的基础上,采用一张同时对红色和绿色敏感的体全息光学薄膜,来代替第一和第二体全息光学薄膜131和132。所述同时对红色和绿色敏感的体全息光学薄膜,例如通过用红色和绿色的激光同时或者先后进行曝光而获得。或者,可以采用一张同时对绿色和蓝色敏感的体全息光学薄膜,来代替第二和第三体全息光学薄膜132和133;或者可以采用一张同时对红色和蓝色敏感的体全息光学薄膜,来代替第一和第三体全息光学薄膜131和133。这些都在本公开的保护范围内。相对于图7的设置方式,这种设置提高了衍射效率,同时减少了堆叠的次数。Or alternatively, the volume holographic optical element includes a plurality of volume holographic optical elements accurately aligned and stacked together, the number of the plurality of volume holographic optical elements is less than the number of the plurality of lasers, and the plurality of volume holographic optical elements At least one of the optical elements is obtained by laser exposure of at least two of the plurality of lasers, and the remaining volume holographic optical elements are obtained by laser exposure of one of the plurality of lasers. For example, on the basis of FIG. 7, a volume holographic optical film sensitive to both red and green is used instead of the first and second volume holographic optical films 131 and 132. The volume holographic optical film sensitive to red and green at the same time can be obtained, for example, by simultaneously or sequentially exposing red and green lasers. Alternatively, a volume holographic optical film sensitive to both green and blue can be used instead of the second and third volume holographic optical films 132 and 133; or a volume holographic optical film sensitive to both red and blue can be used. Film instead of the first and third volume holographic optical films 131 and 133. These are all within the protection scope of the present disclosure. Compared with the arrangement of Figure 7, this arrangement improves the diffraction efficiency and reduces the number of stacking.
或者,所述体全息光学元件包括一片单色体全息光学元件,对应于一个波长的激光光束和激光器。Alternatively, the volume holographic optical element includes a monochromatic volume holographic optical element corresponding to a laser beam and a laser of one wavelength.
根据本公开的一个实施例,所述体全息光学元件通过将感光材料的膜或感光材料附着于玻璃基底或树脂基底的感光板按照一定方式曝光得到,所述感光材料包括银盐材料、光致聚合物材料、明胶材料中的一种或多种,所述感光材料可感红光,绿光或蓝光中的一种或多种。以下将详细描述。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the volume holographic optical element is obtained by exposing a film of a photosensitive material or a photosensitive material to a photosensitive plate of a glass substrate or a resin substrate in a certain manner, and the photosensitive material includes a silver salt material, a light-induced One or more of polymer materials and gelatin materials, and the photosensitive material can sense one or more of red light, green light or blue light. This will be described in detail below.
图8示出了图1所示的波导型光学组件10的一个变形。如图8所示,波导型光学组件10还包括贴附在所述波导12的耦入面121上的凹透镜14,以使得来自所述光束生成器11的光锥分布的光束组中不同方向的光束以更大的折射角度进入所述波导12。其中,凹透镜的材质的折射率与波导的材质折射率相同或接近,例如二者的折射率的相对差距在33.3%以内都可以认为是折射率接近,例如差距在25%、15%、或者5%以内。 本领域技术人员容易理解,图8实施例中的凹透镜,也可以应用于图2、图3、图4、图5、图6、图7所示的实施例,这些都在本公开的保护范围内。例如当光源包括MEMS振镜时,来自MEMS振镜的光锥分布的光束组中不同方向的光束以更大的折射角度进入所述波导。通过设置凹透镜,能够取得显著的效果,例如增大视场角。尤其在使用MEMS振镜扫描形成光锥分布的光束组的情况下,因为MEMS振镜的扫描角度较小,所以光束直接进入波导的话,反射到体全息光学元件上的面积就小,汇聚的角度较小,从而视场角较小。通过设置凹透镜,在相同的波导参数条件下,凹透镜可以让视场角增大。另外,凹透镜可以设置在所述光束生成器11与所述波导12的耦入面121之间,而不贴附在所述耦入面121上,这些都在本公开的保护范围内。FIG. 8 shows a modification of the waveguide type optical component 10 shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 8, the waveguide type optical component 10 further includes a concave lens 14 attached to the coupling surface 121 of the waveguide 12, so that the beam group of the light cone distribution from the beam generator 11 is in different directions. The light beam enters the waveguide 12 at a greater angle of refraction. Among them, the refractive index of the concave lens material is the same as or close to that of the waveguide material. For example, if the relative difference between the refractive indexes of the two is within 33.3%, it can be considered that the refractive index is close, for example, the difference is 25%, 15%, or 5. % Within. Those skilled in the art can easily understand that the concave lens in the embodiment of FIG. 8 can also be applied to the embodiments shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3, FIG. 4, FIG. 5, FIG. 6, and FIG. 7, all of which are within the protection scope of the present disclosure. Inside. For example, when the light source includes a MEMS galvanometer, light beams from different directions in the beam group distributed by the light cone of the MEMS galvanometer enter the waveguide at a larger refraction angle. By providing a concave lens, significant effects can be achieved, such as increasing the angle of view. Especially when the MEMS galvanometer is used to scan the beam group forming the light cone distribution, because the scanning angle of the MEMS galvanometer is small, if the beam directly enters the waveguide, the area reflected on the volume holographic optical element is small, and the converging angle Smaller, so the angle of view is smaller. By setting the concave lens, under the same waveguide parameter conditions, the concave lens can increase the angle of view. In addition, the concave lens may be arranged between the light beam generator 11 and the coupling surface 121 of the waveguide 12 instead of being attached to the coupling surface 121, which are all within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
上述实施例中,波导型光学组件具有一个入瞳和一个出瞳,来自入瞳的光锥分布的光束组最终被汇聚于出瞳。本公开的技术方案中,波导型光学组件也可以具有多个入瞳和多个出瞳,从而能够使得人眼在更大的范围内观察到扫描图像,实现该功能的原因在于体全息光学元件具有一定的角度选择性,即一定角度下记录的体全息光学元件,以接近的角度仍然可以满足衍射的条件,具有较高的衍射效率,如使用银盐材料,角度选择性可以在±5°以内,使用光致聚合物,角度选择性可以在±1.5°范围内。下面参考图9详细描述。In the above embodiment, the waveguide-type optical component has an entrance pupil and an exit pupil, and the beam group of the light cone distribution from the entrance pupil is finally converged on the exit pupil. In the technical solution of the present disclosure, the waveguide type optical component may also have multiple entrance pupils and multiple exit pupils, so that the human eye can observe the scanned image in a larger range. The reason for achieving this function lies in the volume holographic optical element. It has a certain angle selectivity, that is, the volume holographic optical element recorded at a certain angle can still meet the diffraction conditions at a close angle, and has a high diffraction efficiency. If silver salt materials are used, the angle selectivity can be ±5° Within the range of using photopolymer, the angle selectivity can be within ±1.5°. This is described in detail below with reference to FIG. 9.
图9示出了根据本公开一个优选实施例的波导型光学组件40。图9所示的实施例的基本结构类似于图3所示的波导型光学组件20。下面重点描述二者的区别之处。FIG. 9 shows a waveguide type optical component 40 according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure. The basic structure of the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 is similar to the waveguide type optical component 20 shown in FIG. 3. The following focuses on the differences between the two.
如图9所示,波导型光学组件40包括两个入瞳,分别为第一入瞳IP1和第二入瞳IP2,并且包括两个出瞳,分别为第一出瞳OP1和第二出瞳OP2。与图3所示的实施例类似,波导型光学组件40包括波导42和光束合成器43,其中波导42具有耦入面421。其中,顶点位于第一入瞳IP1处的光锥分布的第一光束组,经过耦入面421,被耦合进入到波导42的内部,并且在波导42与空气的交界面处发生全反射,经过一次或多次的全反射后,入射到所述波导42与所述光束合成器43的交界处。光束合成器43与上文所述的光束合成器13类似,能够对入射到其上的光束进行衍射调制,从而,所述第一光束组,被耦合进入波导42并入射到所述光束合成器43后,被衍射调制使得以不同角度进入自由空间继续传播,其中在自由空间传播的不同方向的光束均汇聚于所述第一出瞳OP1。类似的,顶点位于第二入瞳IP2处的光锥分布的第二光束组,经过耦入面421,被耦合进入到波导42的内部,并且在波导42与空气的交界面处发生全反射,经过一次或多次的全反射后,入射到所述波导42与所述光束合成器43的交界处,并被衍射调制使得以不同角度进入自由空间继续传播,其中在自由空间传播的不同方向的光束均汇聚于所述第二出瞳OP2。因此与图3实施例不同,图9实施例中,所述光束合成器43可以对来自不同光锥分布的光束组进行分别地调制,例如对于来自第一入瞳IP1的光束组,经过衍射调制后,汇聚于第一出瞳OP1;对于来自第二入瞳IP2的光束组,经过衍射调制后,汇聚于第二出瞳OP2。As shown in FIG. 9, the waveguide-type optical component 40 includes two entrance pupils, namely a first entrance pupil IP1 and a second entrance pupil IP2, and includes two exit pupils, a first exit pupil OP1 and a second exit pupil respectively. OP2. Similar to the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, the waveguide type optical component 40 includes a waveguide 42 and a beam combiner 43, wherein the waveguide 42 has a coupling surface 421. Among them, the first beam group of the light cone distribution with the apex at the first entrance pupil IP1 passes through the coupling surface 421, is coupled into the inside of the waveguide 42, and is totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide 42 and the air, passing After one or more total reflections, it is incident on the junction of the waveguide 42 and the beam combiner 43. The beam combiner 43 is similar to the beam combiner 13 described above, and is capable of diffractively modulating the light beam incident thereon, so that the first beam group is coupled into the waveguide 42 and is incident on the beam combiner After 43, it is diffracted and modulated so that it enters the free space at different angles and continues to propagate, wherein the light beams in different directions propagating in the free space all converge on the first exit pupil OP1. Similarly, the second beam group of the light cone distribution with the apex located at the second entrance pupil IP2 passes through the coupling surface 421, is coupled into the inside of the waveguide 42 and is totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide 42 and the air. After one or more total reflections, it is incident on the junction of the waveguide 42 and the beam combiner 43, and is diffracted and modulated so that it enters the free space at different angles and continues to propagate. The light beams all converge on the second exit pupil OP2. Therefore, unlike the embodiment in FIG. 3, in the embodiment in FIG. 9, the beam combiner 43 can separately modulate the beam groups from different light cone distributions. For example, the beam group from the first entrance pupil IP1 undergoes diffraction modulation. Then, it converges on the first exit pupil OP1; for the beam group from the second entrance pupil IP2, after diffraction modulation, it converges on the second exit pupil OP2.
图9中所述的入射光束L0,对应于图3所示的入射光束L0,可以通过类似或相同的方式产生,此处不再赘述。The incident light beam L0 described in FIG. 9 corresponds to the incident light beam L0 shown in FIG. 3 and can be generated in a similar or identical manner, and will not be repeated here.
与图3所示的实施例类似,波导型光学组件40包括MEMS振镜412,用于扫描入 射的光束L0,从而形成光锥分布的光束组。为了与第一入瞳IP1和第二入瞳IP2相匹配,本实施例的波导型光学组件40还包括MEMS振镜移动装置44。该MEMS振镜移动装置44与MEMS振镜412相连接,并可变换MEMS振镜412的位置,每一个位置对应一个系统入瞳。图9中示出了MEMS振镜412具有两个位置,分别为412-1和412-2,其中在位置412-1时,MEMS振镜扫描获得的光锥分布的光束组,其顶点位于第一入瞳IP1处;在位置412-2,MEMS振镜扫描获得的光锥分布的光束组,其顶点位于第二入瞳IP2处。MEMS振镜移动装置44与MEMS振镜412连接,并根据需要来使得MEMS振镜412在位置412-1和412-2之间来回移动和切换。如上所述的,当在位置412-1时,光束组最终汇聚到第一出瞳OP1处,当在位置412-2时,光束组最终汇聚到第二出瞳OP2处,因而能够扩大增强现实显示系统的出瞳,即人眼可在更大的范围内看到扫描图像。Similar to the embodiment shown in Fig. 3, the waveguide type optical component 40 includes a MEMS galvanometer 412 for scanning the incident light beam L0, thereby forming a beam group with a light cone distribution. In order to match the first entrance pupil IP1 and the second entrance pupil IP2, the waveguide type optical component 40 of this embodiment further includes a MEMS galvanometer moving device 44. The MEMS galvanometer moving device 44 is connected to the MEMS galvanometer 412, and can change the position of the MEMS galvanometer 412, and each position corresponds to a system entrance pupil. Fig. 9 shows that the MEMS galvanometer 412 has two positions, 412-1 and 412-2, respectively. At the position 412-1, the beam group of the light cone distribution obtained by scanning by the MEMS galvanometer has the apex at the first position. An entrance pupil IP1; at position 412-2, the beam group of the light cone distribution obtained by scanning by the MEMS galvanometer, the vertex of which is located at the second entrance pupil IP2. The MEMS galvanometer moving device 44 is connected to the MEMS galvanometer 412, and moves and switches the MEMS galvanometer 412 back and forth between the positions 412-1 and 412-2 as needed. As mentioned above, when at position 412-1, the beam group finally converges to the first exit pupil OP1, and when at position 412-2, the beam group finally converges to the second exit pupil OP2, which can expand the augmented reality The exit pupil of the display system, that is, the human eye can see the scanned image in a larger area.
根据本公开的一个优选实施例,MEMS振镜移动装置44例如为微电机。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the MEMS galvanometer moving device 44 is, for example, a micro motor.
例如在时刻1时,由微电机44带动MEMS振镜412位于位置412-11,合束后的高方向性细光束L0被MEMS振镜412扫描,扫描光线经过异型波导耦入面421折射进入波导42,在波导与空气的交界面处发生全反射,全反射的高方向性细光束被反射式体全息光学元件43反向衍射,汇聚于点OP1,即时刻1的出瞳位置。For example, at time 1, the micro-motor 44 drives the MEMS galvanometer 412 to be located at position 412-11, the combined high-directivity beam L0 is scanned by the MEMS galvanometer 412, and the scanning light is refracted into the waveguide through the special-shaped waveguide coupling surface 421 42. Total reflection occurs at the interface between the waveguide and the air, and the highly directional thin beam of total reflection is reversely diffracted by the reflective volume holographic optical element 43 and converges at the point OP1, which is the exit pupil position at time 1.
时刻2时,由微电机44带动MEMS振镜412位于位置412-2,合束后的高方向性细光束被MEMS振镜412扫描,扫描光线经过波导耦入面421折射进入波导42,在波导与空气的交界面处发生全反射,全反射的高方向性细光束被反射式体全息光学元件43反向衍射,汇聚于点OP2,即时刻2时的出瞳位置。At time 2, the micro-motor 44 drives the MEMS galvanometer 412 to be at position 412-2. The combined high-directivity beam is scanned by the MEMS galvanometer 412. The scanning light is refracted by the waveguide coupling surface 421 and enters the waveguide 42. Total reflection occurs at the interface with the air, and the highly directional thin beam of total reflection is reversely diffracted by the reflective volume holographic optical element 43 and converges at the point OP2, which is the exit pupil position at time 2.
体全息光学元件43可通过与上述的体全息光学元件13相同的方式制成,此处不再赘述。The volume holographic optical element 43 can be manufactured in the same manner as the volume holographic optical element 13 described above, and will not be repeated here.
图9的实施例中,波导型光学组件40具有两个入瞳和两个出瞳。本领域技术人员容易理解,在本公开的教导和启示下,可以构思出具有更多入瞳和出瞳的技术方案,这些都在本公开的保护范围内。In the embodiment of FIG. 9, the waveguide type optical component 40 has two entrance pupils and two exit pupils. Those skilled in the art can easily understand that under the teaching and enlightenment of the present disclosure, technical solutions with more entrance pupils and exit pupils can be conceived, and these are all within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
图10示出了根据本公开一个优选实施例的波导型光学组件50,同样可用于实现多个入瞳和多个出瞳。图10的实施例是图3和图9所示实施例的变形。FIG. 10 shows a waveguide type optical component 50 according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, which can also be used to realize multiple entrance pupils and multiple exit pupils. The embodiment of FIG. 10 is a modification of the embodiment shown in FIGS. 3 and 9.
如图10所示,波导型光学组件50的微机电系统包括MEMS振镜512和MAHOE(Microlens Array HOE,微透镜阵列全息光学元件)光学元件54。MEMS振镜512与图3所示的MEMS振镜112类似,均用于接收入射的光束L0,并进行扫描,形成光锥形的光束组。但与图3实施例不同,图10中,MEMS振镜112扫描形成的光锥形光束组,其顶点位置并不是波导型光学组件50的入瞳的位置。As shown in FIG. 10, the microelectromechanical system of the waveguide type optical component 50 includes a MEMS galvanometer 512 and a MAHOE (Microlens Array HOE, microlens array holographic optical element) optical element 54. The MEMS galvanometer 512 is similar to the MEMS galvanometer 112 shown in FIG. 3, and both are used to receive and scan the incident light beam L0 to form a light cone beam group. However, unlike the embodiment in FIG. 3, in FIG. 10, the position of the apex of the light cone beam group formed by scanning by the MEMS galvanometer 112 is not the position of the entrance pupil of the waveguide type optical component 50.
MAHOE光学元件54为反射式体全息光学元件,其上包括第一区域54-1和第二区域54-2。其中,如图10所示,第一区域54-1可以将入射到其上的光束,通过衍射调制,汇聚到一点,即波导型光学组件50的第一入瞳IP1;第二区域54-2可以将入射到其上的光束,通过衍射调制,汇聚到一点,即波导型光学组件50的第二入瞳IP2。与图9实施例类似,分别汇聚到第一入瞳IP1和第二入瞳IP2的光束,形成了光锥分布的两个光束组,通过波导52的耦入面521,被耦合进入到波导52的内部,并且在波导52与空气的交界处发生一次或多次全反射,最终入射到光束合成器53上,并且进而被 衍射调制而分别汇聚到第一出瞳OP1和第二出瞳OP2的位置处。The MAHOE optical element 54 is a reflective volume holographic optical element, and includes a first area 54-1 and a second area 54-2 thereon. Wherein, as shown in FIG. 10, the first area 54-1 can converge the light beam incident on it through diffraction modulation to a point, namely the first entrance pupil IP1 of the waveguide optical component 50; the second area 54-2 The light beam incident thereon can be converged to a point, that is, the second entrance pupil IP2 of the waveguide-type optical component 50 through diffraction modulation. Similar to the embodiment in FIG. 9, the light beams respectively converging to the first entrance pupil IP1 and the second entrance pupil IP2 form two light beam groups with a light cone distribution, and are coupled into the waveguide 52 through the coupling surface 521 of the waveguide 52 At the junction of the waveguide 52 and the air, there will be one or more total reflections, and finally incident on the beam combiner 53, which is then modulated by diffraction to converge to the first exit pupil OP1 and the second exit pupil OP2. Location.
合束后的高方向性细光束L0被MEMS振镜512扫描,当扫描光线传播到MAHOE光学元件54的第一区域54-1时,被反向衍射,反向衍射后的高方向细光束汇聚于第一入瞳IP1后继续传播,通过波导耦入面521折射进入波导52,被波导前表面全反射,全反射的高方向性细光束被光束合成器(例如反射式体全息光学元件)53反向衍射,汇聚于一点,即第一出瞳OP1。The combined high-directivity thin beam L0 is scanned by the MEMS galvanometer 512. When the scanning light travels to the first area 54-1 of the MAHOE optical element 54, it is reversely diffracted, and the reverse-diffracted high-direction thin beam is converged After the first entrance pupil IP1, it continues to propagate, is refracted by the waveguide coupling surface 521 and enters the waveguide 52, and is totally reflected by the front surface of the waveguide. The highly directional thin beam of total reflection is reflected by the beam combiner (such as a reflective volume holographic optical element) 53 Reverse diffraction, converge at one point, the first exit pupil OP1.
合束后的高方向性细光束被MEMS振镜512扫描,当扫描光线传播到MAHOE光学元件54的第二区域54-2时,被反向衍射,反向衍射后的高方向细光束汇聚于第二入瞳IP2后继续传播,过波导耦入面521折射进入波导52,被波导前表面全反射,全反射的高方向性细光束被光束合成器53反向衍射,汇聚于一点,即第二出瞳OP2。The combined high-directivity thin beam is scanned by the MEMS galvanometer 512. When the scanning light travels to the second area 54-2 of the MAHOE optical element 54, it is reversely diffracted, and the reverse-diffracted high-direction thin beam converges on After the second entrance pupil IP2, it continues to propagate, is refracted by the waveguide coupling surface 521 and enters the waveguide 52, and is totally reflected by the front surface of the waveguide. The totally reflected highly directional thin beam is reversely diffracted by the beam combiner 53 and converges at one point, namely The second pupil OP2.
合束后的高方向性细光束L0可以通过与图3相同或类似的方法产生。另外本域技术人员容易理解,在本公开的教导和启示下,所述的MAHOE可制作为透射式体全息光学元件,用于实现多入瞳和多出瞳的设计方案,实现扩大显示装置出瞳的目的,这些都在本公开的保护范围内。The combined highly directional beamlet L0 can be generated by the same or similar method as in FIG. 3. In addition, those skilled in the art can easily understand that under the teaching and enlightenment of the present disclosure, the MAHOE can be made as a transmissive volume holographic optical element, which can be used to realize the design scheme of multiple entrance pupils and multiple exit pupils, and realize the output of enlarged display device. The purpose of Hitomi is all within the protection scope of this disclosure.
下面参考图11描述根据本公开一个实施例的MAHOE的制作方法。Hereinafter, a method of making MAHOE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure will be described with reference to FIG. 11.
如图11所示,感光材料薄膜803上布置有微镜阵列802,其中包括多个微镜。图中示意性地示出了包括第一微镜802-1和第二微镜802-2,本领域技术人员容易理解,微镜阵列802中可包括更多数目的微镜,以下以第一微镜802-1和第二微镜802-2为例进行描述。As shown in FIG. 11, a micromirror array 802 is arranged on the photosensitive material film 803, which includes a plurality of micromirrors. The figure schematically shows a first micromirror 802-1 and a second micromirror 802-2. Those skilled in the art can easily understand that the micromirror array 802 may include a larger number of micromirrors. The micromirror 802-1 and the second micromirror 802-2 are described as examples.
激光器(未示出)作为相干光源发射出激光束,例如经过分束后,一部分经过准直扩束,形成平行的第一光束801(平面波),一部分经过准直扩束后经过透镜聚焦,在焦点804后形成第二光束807(发散球面波)。由于第一光束801和第二光束801来自同一相干光源,因此二者具有相干性。第一光束801经过第一透镜802-1后,汇聚到第一透镜802-1的焦平面上的一点805,其中点805与图10的点IP2相对应。第一光束801经过第二透镜802-2后,汇聚到第二透镜802-2的焦平面上的一点806,其中点806与图10中的点IP1相对应。平面波的第一光束801经过透镜阵列后,与从点804发出的球面波的第二光束807在感光材料薄膜803内部产生干涉,因此形成一体全息光学元件,即本公开中的MAHOE(Macrolens arrays holographic optical element,微镜阵列全息光学元件)。A laser (not shown) is used as a coherent light source to emit a laser beam. For example, after beam splitting, part of the beam is collimated and expanded to form a parallel first beam 801 (plane wave), and part of the beam is collimated and expanded and then focused by a lens. After the focal point 804, a second light beam 807 (divergent spherical wave) is formed. Since the first light beam 801 and the second light beam 801 come from the same coherent light source, they have coherence. After the first light beam 801 passes through the first lens 802-1, it is converged to a point 805 on the focal plane of the first lens 802-1, where the point 805 corresponds to the point IP2 in FIG. 10. After the first light beam 801 passes through the second lens 802-2, it is converged to a point 806 on the focal plane of the second lens 802-2, where the point 806 corresponds to the point IP1 in FIG. 10. After the first beam 801 of the plane wave passes through the lens array, it interferes with the second beam 807 of the spherical wave emitted from the point 804 in the photosensitive material film 803, thus forming an integrated holographic optical element, namely the MAHOE (Macrolens arrays holographic) in the present disclosure. optical element, micromirror array holographic optical element).
该MAHOE元件使用时,接收到从点804发出的球面波后,进行反向衍射,衍射光汇聚于点805和806。例如从点804发出的不同方向的高方向性细光束当传播到记录透镜802-1相位信息的区域时,反向衍射的高方向细光束将传播经过点805;点804发出的不同方向的高方向性细光束当传播到记录微透镜802-2相位信息的区域时,反向衍射的高方向细光束将传播经过点806。When the MAHOE element is used, after receiving the spherical wave emitted from point 804, it undergoes reverse diffraction, and the diffracted light converges on points 805 and 806. For example, when the highly directional thin beams emitted from point 804 in different directions propagate to the area where the phase information of the recording lens 802-1 is recorded, the reversely diffracted high directional thin beams will propagate through point 805; When the directional thin beam propagates to the area where the phase information of the microlens 802-2 is recorded, the high-direction thin beam of reverse diffraction will propagate through the point 806.
以上描述了根据本公开一个实施例的MAHOE光学元件的制作方式。本领域技术人员可以构思出其它的制作方式,该方式为反射式体HOE,很显然,制作成透射式的体HOE仍能实现本发明的目标,这些都在本公开的保护范围内。The manufacturing method of the MAHOE optical element according to an embodiment of the present disclosure is described above. Those skilled in the art can conceive other manufacturing methods, which is a reflective body HOE. Obviously, a transmissive body HOE can still achieve the objective of the present invention, and these are all within the protection scope of the present disclosure.
另外,图9和图10中,仅示出了入射到MEMS振镜上的光束L0,而未示出MEMS振镜的光束上游的其他光电器件,诸如激光器、透镜(透镜组)、合束器、分光器等,但本领域技术人员能够理解,可以容易地将图3实施例中的相应器件及其变型结合到图9和图10的实施例中,此处不再赘述。In addition, in FIGS. 9 and 10, only the light beam L0 incident on the MEMS galvanometer is shown, and other optoelectronic devices upstream of the beam of the MEMS galvanometer, such as lasers, lenses (lens groups), and beam combiners are not shown. , Optical splitter, etc., but those skilled in the art can understand that the corresponding devices and their variants in the embodiment of FIG. 3 can be easily combined into the embodiments of FIG. 9 and FIG. 10, which will not be repeated here.
上述的图1-10中,图1、图3、图4、图5、图6、图8、图9、图10的技术方案中均使用了反射式体全息光学元件,图2的技术方案中使用了透射式体全息光学元件。本领域技术人员容易理解,这两种技术方案中任一个技术方案的技术特征,均可以结合到另一种技术方案中,而无需付出创造性的劳动。In the above-mentioned Figures 1-10, the technical solutions of Figure 1, Figure 3, Figure 4, Figure 5, Figure 6, Figure 8, Figure 9, Figure 10 all use reflective volume holographic optical elements, the technical solution of Figure 2 The use of transmissive volume holographic optical elements. Those skilled in the art can easily understand that the technical features of any one of the two technical solutions can be combined into the other technical solution without creative work.
本公开还涉及一种近眼显示装置,包括如上所述的波导型光学组件。所述近眼显示装置例如是虚拟现实显示装置或增强现实显示装置。The present disclosure also relates to a near-eye display device including the waveguide type optical component as described above. The near-eye display device is, for example, a virtual reality display device or an augmented reality display device.
根据本公开的一个实施例,所述的近眼显示装置,还包括图像生成单元,配置成可生成带显示的图像,所述图像生成单元与所述光束生成器耦合,所述光束生成器发射的光束组中不同方向的光束携带所述图像中不同像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息。According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, the near-eye display device further includes an image generation unit configured to generate an image with a display, the image generation unit is coupled with the beam generator, and the beam generator emits The light beams in different directions in the light beam group carry color information and/or brightness information of different pixels in the image.
图像生成单元例如用于生成需要给用户呈现的图像。光束生成器例如逐像素扫描所述图像,根据每个像素的红绿蓝分量,生成相应的激光束,其中携带所述图像中不同像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息。近眼显示装置通过所述波导型光学组件,向用户的眼中(例如视网膜)上投射该该像素的光束,从而在用户眼中成像。优选的,该近眼显示装置包括两套波导型光学组件,分别为用户的左眼和右眼显示相同的二维图像用于二维显示或具有视差的二维图像实现基于双目视差的三维显示。The image generating unit is used to generate an image that needs to be presented to the user, for example. The beam generator scans the image pixel by pixel, and generates a corresponding laser beam according to the red, green and blue components of each pixel, which carries color information and/or brightness information of different pixels in the image. The near-eye display device projects the light beam of the pixel onto the user's eye (for example, the retina) through the waveguide type optical component, thereby imaging the user's eye. Preferably, the near-eye display device includes two sets of waveguide-type optical components, which respectively display the same two-dimensional image for the left and right eyes of the user for two-dimensional display or a two-dimensional image with parallax to realize a three-dimensional display based on binocular parallax .
图12示出了根据本公开一个实施例的一种光学系统的图像投射方法60。如图12所示,图像投射方法60包括包括:FIG. 12 shows an image projection method 60 of an optical system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 12, the image projection method 60 includes:
在步骤S61:生成光锥分布的光束组;In step S61: generating a beam group of light cone distribution;
在步骤S62:将所述光锥分布的光束组耦合进入波导,进入所述波导的光束在所述波导与空气的界面处发生全反射;In step S62: coupling the beam group of the light cone distribution into the waveguide, and the beam entering the waveguide is totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air;
在步骤S63:通过位于所述波导的一表面上的光束合成器,改变入射到所述光束合成器上的光束的传播方向,使其以不同角度离开所述波导继续传播,其中来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后汇聚于一点。In step S63: through the beam combiner located on one surface of the waveguide, the propagation direction of the light beam incident on the beam combiner is changed so that it leaves the waveguide at different angles and continues to propagate, wherein the same light source The beams of the cone-distributed beam group converge at one point after leaving the waveguide.
所述方法60例如可通过上述波导型光学组件来实施,或者通过具有上述波导型光学组件的光学系统来实施。The method 60 may be implemented by, for example, the above-mentioned waveguide type optical component or an optical system having the above-mentioned waveguide type optical component.
所述光学系统具有入瞳和出瞳,所述光锥的顶点为所述入瞳,来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后所汇聚的所述一点为所述出瞳,The optical system has an entrance pupil and an exit pupil, the apex of the light cone is the entrance pupil, and the point where the light beams from the same light cone distribution beam group leave the waveguide is the exit pupil ,
根据本公开的一个优选实施例,所述光束生成器包括光源和微机电系统,其中所述步骤S61包括:According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the beam generator includes a light source and a microelectromechanical system, wherein the step S61 includes:
S611:利用一光源,出射携带有图像像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息的光束;S611: Utilize a light source to emit a light beam carrying color information and/or brightness information of image pixels;
S612:利用一微机电系统,对从所述光源出射的光束进行扫描,形成所述光锥分布的光束组。S612: Use a micro-electromechanical system to scan the light beams emitted from the light source to form the light beam group with the light cone distribution.
根据本公开的一个优选实施例,如图9所示,所述微机电系统包括MEMS振镜和MEMS振镜移动装置,MEMS振镜移动装置与所述MEMS振镜连接,并可使所述MEMS振镜 在多个位置之间移动,每一个位置对应所述光学系统的一个入瞳;在一个位置时,经MEMS振镜扫描出的光锥分布的光束组中不同方向的光束经所述光束合成器在自由空间形成一个汇聚点,对应所述光学系统的一个出瞳,其中所述图像投射方法还包括:通过所述MEMS振镜移动装置,改变所述MEMS振镜的位置。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 9, the microelectromechanical system includes a MEMS galvanometer and a MEMS galvanometer moving device. The MEMS galvanometer moving device is connected to the MEMS galvanometer and enables the MEMS The galvanometer moves between multiple positions, each of which corresponds to an entrance pupil of the optical system; at one position, the beams in different directions in the beam group of the light cone distribution scanned by the MEMS galvanometer pass through the beam The synthesizer forms a convergence point in the free space, corresponding to an exit pupil of the optical system, wherein the image projection method further includes: changing the position of the MEMS galvanometer through the MEMS galvanometer moving device.
根据本公开的一个优选实施例,所述步骤S61包括:According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the step S61 includes:
利用一光源发出照明光,照射一显示屏,其中所述光源为单色或三色的激光光源或LED光源或OLED光源,所述显示屏为DMD、LCOS或LCD;Utilizing a light source to emit illuminating light to illuminate a display screen, wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tri-color laser light source or LED light source or an OLED light source, and the display screen is DMD, LCOS or LCD;
在所述显示屏中载入图像,并根据所述图像,对所述光源照射到其上的光进行调制;Load an image in the display screen, and modulate the light irradiated by the light source on the image according to the image;
通过光阑或透镜,使所述调制的光形成所述光锥分布的光束。Through a diaphragm or a lens, the modulated light forms a light beam with the light cone distribution.
根据本公开的一个优选实施例,其中所述步骤S61包括:According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the step S61 includes:
利用一光源发出照明光,照射到一透镜上,经所述透镜后汇聚到所述光锥的顶点,其中所述光源为单色或三色的激光光源或LED光源或OLED光源;Use a light source to emit illuminating light, illuminate it on a lens, and converge to the apex of the light cone after passing through the lens, wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
经过所述透镜的光束照射到位于所述透镜和所述顶点之间的一显示屏上,所述显示屏为DMD、LCOS或LCD,所述显示屏载入图像,并根据所述图像,对从透镜照射到其上的光束进行调制。The light beam passing through the lens irradiates a display screen located between the lens and the apex. The display screen is DMD, LCOS or LCD. The display screen loads an image, and according to the image, The light beam irradiated from the lens is modulated.
应当理解,前述的各种示例性的显示装置,可以做成两套,分别为人的左眼和右眼提供图像,若为左右眼显示的图像包含双目视差的图像信息,则可实现双目视差的三维显示;若左右眼显示的图像为普通的二维图像,则可实现普通的二维显示。应当理解,所述装置实现的显示技术是视网膜成像的显示技术,实现的三维显示,减小或消除了辐辏冲突问题。It should be understood that the foregoing various exemplary display devices can be made into two sets to provide images for the left and right eyes of a person, respectively. If the images displayed for the left and right eyes contain binocular parallax image information, the binocular can be realized. Three-dimensional display of parallax; if the images displayed by the left and right eyes are ordinary two-dimensional images, ordinary two-dimensional display can be realized. It should be understood that the display technology implemented by the device is a display technology of retinal imaging, and the implemented three-dimensional display reduces or eliminates the problem of convergence conflict.
应当理解,前述的各种示例性方法可以利用各种方式来实现,例如,在某些实施方式中,前述各种方法可以利用软件和/或固件模块来实现,也可以利用硬件模块来实现。现在已知或者将来开发的其他方式也是可行的,本公开的范围在此方面不受限制。特别地,除硬件实施方式之外,本公开的实施方式可以通过计算机程序产品的形式实现。It should be understood that the foregoing various exemplary methods may be implemented in various ways. For example, in some embodiments, the foregoing various methods may be implemented using software and/or firmware modules, or may also be implemented using hardware modules. Other methods currently known or developed in the future are also feasible, and the scope of the present disclosure is not limited in this respect. In particular, in addition to the hardware implementation, the implementation of the present disclosure may be implemented in the form of a computer program product.
第二方面Second aspect
以上描述了根据本公开第一方面的波导型光学组件,其中包括波导和光束合成器,光束合成器贴附在波导的一表面上,用于改变入射到其上的光束的传播方向,例如使得来自同一光锥的入射光束,离开波导继续传播,并汇聚到一点上,多个光锥的入射光束,最终汇聚到多点上。本领域技术人员容易理解,可以通过各种方式来制造和实现该光束合成器。以下描述本申请的发明人所发现的一种特别优选的制造方式,尤其适于制造适用于本公开第一方面波导型光学组件的光束合成器或者体全息光学元件。The waveguide type optical component according to the first aspect of the present disclosure is described above, which includes a waveguide and a beam combiner. The beam combiner is attached to a surface of the waveguide for changing the propagation direction of the light beam incident thereon, for example, The incident light beams from the same light cone leave the waveguide and continue to propagate and converge to one point. The incident light beams from multiple light cones finally converge to multiple points. Those skilled in the art can easily understand that the beam combiner can be manufactured and implemented in various ways. The following describes a particularly preferred manufacturing method discovered by the inventor of the present application, which is particularly suitable for manufacturing a beam combiner or volume holographic optical element suitable for the waveguide type optical component of the first aspect of the present disclosure.
图13示出了根据本公开第二方面的一种光学元件的制造方法70。图14示出了通过制造方法70来制造光束合成器的光路示意图。下面结合图13和图14详细描述。FIG. 13 shows a manufacturing method 70 of an optical element according to the second aspect of the present disclosure. FIG. 14 shows a schematic diagram of the optical path of the beam combiner manufactured by the manufacturing method 70. This will be described in detail below in conjunction with FIG. 13 and FIG. 14.
如图13示,制造方法70包括:As shown in FIG. 13, the manufacturing method 70 includes:
步骤S71,提供一波导,所述波导具有耦入面,感光膜或感光板贴附在所述波导的表面上。In step S71, a waveguide is provided, the waveguide has a coupling surface, and the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate is attached to the surface of the waveguide.
如图14所示,波导214具有耦入面213,用于将入射到其上的光束耦入所述波导214中。波导214的一部分表面的外部是空气,由于波导214的折射率大于空气的折射率,因此耦合进入波导的光束满足角度的入射条件的情况下,在所述波导214与空气的界面处会发生全反射。感光膜或感光板216贴附在所述波导214的一表面上。波导214例如可以与图1-图10中所示的波导相同,或者具有至少部分相同的光学和/或几何参数。As shown in FIG. 14, the waveguide 214 has a coupling surface 213 for coupling the light beam incident thereon into the waveguide 214. The outside of a part of the surface of the waveguide 214 is air. Since the refractive index of the waveguide 214 is greater than the refractive index of air, if the light beam coupled into the waveguide meets the angle of incidence conditions, the entire interface will occur at the interface between the waveguide 214 and the air. reflection. The photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 is attached to a surface of the waveguide 214. The waveguide 214 may, for example, be the same as the waveguide shown in FIGS. 1-10, or have at least partially the same optical and/or geometric parameters.
在步骤S72,利用激光器发射出激光。In step S72, a laser is used to emit laser light.
图14示出了三个激光器201、202和203,例如分别为红光激光器203、绿光激光器202和蓝光激光器201。本领域技术人员容易理解,图13中示出的三个激光器仅是示意性的,其数目、颜色不构成对本公开的限制,可以采用数目更少的激光器,也可以采用数目更多的激光器,这些都在本公开的保护范围内。下面以三个激光器为例进行说明。FIG. 14 shows three lasers 201, 202, and 203, for example, a red laser 203, a green laser 202, and a blue laser 201, respectively. Those skilled in the art can easily understand that the three lasers shown in FIG. 13 are only schematic, and their number and colors do not constitute a limitation to the present disclosure. A smaller number of lasers or a larger number of lasers can be used. These are all within the protection scope of the present disclosure. The following uses three lasers as an example for description.
三个激光器201、202和203发射出不同波长的激光光束之后,通过合束器进行合束,将三种波长的激光合成为高方向性细光束。根据一个优选的实施例,合束器包括第一分光片204、第二分光片205和第三分光片206。以下以第一分光片204为例进行详细说明。第一分光片204设置在激光器201的光路下游,其例如是与所述激光器201发出的蓝色激光的波长对应的光学薄膜分光片,可以使得激光器201发射的蓝光进行反射,而蓝光以外颜色的光被透射。类似的,第二分光片205位于激光器202的下游,使得激光器202发射的绿光被反射,绿光以外颜色的光被透射;第三分光片206位于激光器203的下游,使得激光器203发射的红光被反射,红光以外颜色的光被透射。第一分光片204、第二分光片205、第三分光片206的反射路径设置成是相同的,如图14所示,因此,从三个分光器反射的光束最终合成了高方向性细光束L00。After the three lasers 201, 202, and 203 emit laser beams of different wavelengths, they are combined by a beam combiner to combine the lasers of three wavelengths into highly directional thin beams. According to a preferred embodiment, the beam combiner includes a first beam splitter 204, a second beam splitter 205, and a third beam splitter 206. The following takes the first beam splitter 204 as an example for detailed description. The first beam splitter 204 is arranged downstream of the optical path of the laser 201, which is, for example, an optical thin film beam splitter corresponding to the wavelength of the blue laser emitted by the laser 201, which can cause the blue light emitted by the laser 201 to reflect, and colors other than blue light The light is transmitted. Similarly, the second beam splitter 205 is located downstream of the laser 202, so that the green light emitted by the laser 202 is reflected, and light of colors other than green is transmitted; the third beam splitter 206 is located downstream of the laser 203, so that the red light emitted by the laser 203 is transmitted. Light is reflected, and light of colors other than red is transmitted. The reflection paths of the first beam splitter 204, the second beam splitter 205, and the third beam splitter 206 are set to be the same, as shown in FIG. 14. Therefore, the light beams reflected from the three beam splitters are finally combined into a highly directional thin beam L00.
根据本公开的一个优选实施例,对合束后的激光光束进行滤波和准直扩束。如图14所示,合束后的激光光束入射到显微物镜与针孔滤波器207,将高方向性细光束高倍汇聚于针孔进行滤波,发出高质量球面波,并入射到准直透镜208。其中,针孔滤波器207位于准直透镜208的焦平面,因此从针孔滤波器207发出的光波经过准直透镜208后转换为高质量平面波的激光束L00’。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the combined laser beam is filtered and collimated and expanded. As shown in Figure 14, the combined laser beam is incident on the microscope objective lens and the pinhole filter 207, and the high-directivity beam is concentrated in the pinhole at high power for filtering, and then emits a high-quality spherical wave, which is incident on the collimating lens. 208. Wherein, the pinhole filter 207 is located at the focal plane of the collimating lens 208, so the light wave emitted from the pinhole filter 207 is converted into a high-quality plane wave laser beam L00' after passing through the collimating lens 208.
在步骤S73,将所述激光束L00’分束成第一激光光束和第二激光光束。In step S73, the laser beam L00' is split into a first laser beam and a second laser beam.
如图14所示,例如可以通过分光片209,分光片209例如为半反半透膜,从而入射到其上的光束部分被反射,部分被透射,分成第一激光光束L11和第二激光光束L22,且第一激光光束L11和第二激光光束L22来源于同一激光束,因而具有较强的相干性。As shown in FIG. 14, for example, the beam splitter 209 can be passed through, for example, a semi-reflective semi-transparent film, so that the light beam incident thereon is partially reflected, partially transmitted, and divided into the first laser beam L11 and the second laser beam. L22, and the first laser beam L11 and the second laser beam L22 originate from the same laser beam, so they have strong coherence.
在步骤S74,使所述第一激光光束L11汇聚到所述波导214外的第一点,并出射到所述波导214的耦入面213上,进入所述波导214内部,在所述波导214与空气的界面发生全反射,并入射到所述感光膜或感光板216上。In step S74, the first laser beam L11 is converged to a first point outside the waveguide 214, and is emitted to the coupling surface 213 of the waveguide 214, enters the waveguide 214, and enters the waveguide 214. The interface with the air is totally reflected and incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216.
如图14所示,第一激光光束L11经过反射镜210和第一透镜211后,汇聚到第一 点212,例如是第一透镜211的焦点或者焦平面上一点,形成锥形的光束,并入射到波导214的耦入面213上,且在满足角度的入射条件的情况下,在波导214内部发生全反射,经过一次或多次全反射,入射到所述感光膜或者感光板216上。反射镜201和第一透镜211仅是使得所述第一激光光束L11汇聚到第一点212的一种实现方式,本公开的保护范围不限于此,可以构思出其他的方式,将第一激光光束L11汇聚到第一点212。As shown in FIG. 14, the first laser beam L11 passes through the mirror 210 and the first lens 211, and then converges to the first point 212, for example, the focal point of the first lens 211 or a point on the focal plane, forming a cone-shaped beam, and It is incident on the coupling surface 213 of the waveguide 214 and when the angle of incidence condition is satisfied, total reflection occurs inside the waveguide 214, and after one or more total reflections, it is incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216. The mirror 201 and the first lens 211 are only an implementation manner for converging the first laser beam L11 to the first point 212. The scope of protection of the present disclosure is not limited to this, and other methods can be conceived. The light beam L11 converges to the first point 212.
在步骤S75,使所述第二激光光束L22穿过所述感光膜或感光板216后汇聚到所述波导214外的第二点215。In step S75, the second laser beam L22 is made to pass through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 and then converge to a second point 215 outside the waveguide 214.
如图14所示,第二激光光束L22例如可通过第二透镜217,进行汇聚。本领域技术人员容易理解,第二点未必是第二透镜217的焦点或位于焦平面上。因为第二激光束在穿过感光膜或感光板和/或波导时,可能会发生折射,因此汇聚的第二点215可能位于第二透镜217的焦点或焦平面的前方或后方。As shown in FIG. 14, the second laser beam L22 may pass through the second lens 217 to be condensed, for example. Those skilled in the art can easily understand that the second point may not be the focus of the second lens 217 or be located on the focal plane. Because the second laser beam may be refracted when passing through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate and/or waveguide, the convergent second point 215 may be located in front of or behind the focal point or focal plane of the second lens 217.
S76:被汇聚到所述第一点并在所述波导内部全反射的第一激光光束与被汇聚到所述第二点的第二激光光束在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部产生干涉曝光,获得体全息光学元件。S76: The first laser beam condensed to the first point and totally reflected inside the waveguide and the second laser beam converged to the second point are generated inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate Interference exposure to obtain volume holographic optical elements.
如图14所示,被汇聚到第一点212并在波导内部全反射的第一激光光束为信号光,被汇聚到第二点的第二激光光束为参考光,信号光与参考光在所述感光膜或者感光板216的内部发生干涉曝光,从而获得体全息光学元件。As shown in Figure 14, the first laser beam converged to the first point 212 and totally reflected inside the waveguide is the signal light, and the second laser beam converged to the second point is the reference light. The interior of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 is exposed to interference, thereby obtaining a volume holographic optical element.
感光膜或者感光板216经曝光后,可用在本公开第一方面的波导型光学组件中,用于对一个或多个特定波长的入射光束进行调制。本领域技术人员容易理解,步骤S72中激光器发出的激光波长,与显示时的对应的波长相同或相近即可。本领域技术人员可以理解,波长相差20nm以内可称为相近。例如,图14中红光激光器203与图3中的第一激光器1111的波长相同或相近,绿光激光器202与图3中的第二激光器1112的波长相同或相近,蓝光激光器201与图3中的第三激光器1113的波长相同或相近。本领域技术人员可以理解,当使用LCOS或DMD作为显示器件实现本发明的显示方案时,实现的彩色显示为时序彩色显示,使用的红,绿,蓝LED或OLED的波长范围应包含感光膜或者感光板216曝光时使用的激光的波长范围内,由于体全息光学元件本身的波长选择性,会将具有较宽波长范围的红,绿,蓝LED或OLED的光显示时通过感光膜或者感光板216进行筛选,仅让满足布拉格条件的波长的光发生衍射,从而显示的图像的色彩的饱和度高。本领域技术人员可以理解,当使用LCD作为显示器件实现本发明的显示时,LCD上是镀有滤色片的,显示的彩色为同时显示,而非时序彩色显示方案,此时可使用红,绿,蓝LED或OLED的光合束后照明,亦可使用白光进行照明,经滤色片后的光携带图像的衍射和强度信息,其每一种颜色光波的带宽较大,在最终成像时仍可以被所实现的光束合成器进行波长的选择,实现饱和度高的彩色显示效果。After the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate 216 is exposed, it can be used in the waveguide type optical component of the first aspect of the present disclosure to modulate one or more incident light beams of specific wavelengths. Those skilled in the art can easily understand that the laser wavelength emitted by the laser in step S72 may be the same or similar to the corresponding wavelength during display. Those skilled in the art can understand that the wavelength difference within 20 nm can be called similar. For example, the wavelength of the red laser 203 in FIG. 14 is the same as or similar to that of the first laser 1111 in FIG. 3, the wavelength of the green laser 202 is the same or similar to that of the second laser 1112 in FIG. The wavelength of the third laser 1113 is the same or similar. Those skilled in the art can understand that when LCOS or DMD is used as a display device to implement the display solution of the present invention, the color display achieved is a sequential color display, and the wavelength range of the red, green, blue LED or OLED used should include the photosensitive film or In the wavelength range of the laser used for exposure of the photosensitive plate 216, due to the wavelength selectivity of the volume holographic optical element itself, the red, green, blue LED or OLED light with a wider wavelength range will be displayed through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate. 216 performs screening to diffract only the light of the wavelength that meets the Bragg condition, so that the color saturation of the displayed image is high. Those skilled in the art can understand that when LCD is used as a display device to realize the display of the present invention, the LCD is plated with color filters, and the displayed colors are displayed at the same time instead of a sequential color display scheme. In this case, red can be used. Green, blue LED or OLED photosynthesized beams can also be used for illumination. White light can also be used for illumination. The light after the color filter carries the diffraction and intensity information of the image. The bandwidth of each color light wave is large, and it is still in the final imaging. The wavelength can be selected by the realized beam combiner to realize the color display effect with high saturation.
另外,本领域技术人员容易理解,步骤S76中干涉曝光后的感光膜或感光板,可能需要经过一些后续处理。例如对于光致聚合物材料,需要经过紫外光固化、热固化等后续处理步骤。本公开的保护范围不局限于后续的处理步骤。In addition, those skilled in the art can easily understand that the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate after interference exposure in step S76 may need to undergo some subsequent processing. For example, for photopolymer materials, it is necessary to go through subsequent processing steps such as ultraviolet curing and thermal curing. The protection scope of the present disclosure is not limited to the subsequent processing steps.
经曝光的感光膜或感光板216可用作根据本公开第一方面的波导型光学组件中的 光束合成器,但本公开的保护范围不限于此。上述曝光使用的激光器例如为单纵模激光器,具有很强的相干性。当用在波导型光学组件中时,用作显示光源的激光器可以为低相干性的多纵模激光器,或者对应颜色波长的LED或OLED光源。The exposed photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 may be used as a beam combiner in the waveguide type optical assembly according to the first aspect of the present disclosure, but the protection scope of the present disclosure is not limited thereto. The laser used for the above exposure is, for example, a single longitudinal mode laser, which has strong coherence. When used in a waveguide-type optical component, the laser used as a display light source can be a low-coherence multi-longitudinal-mode laser, or an LED or OLED light source with a corresponding color wavelength.
本领域技术人员容易理解,当把感光膜或感光板216用于本公开第一方面的波导型光学组件时,波导型光学组件中的波导,可以与制作感光膜或感光板216时所用的波导214完全相同,点212例如对应于波导型光学组件的入瞳,从而确保光锥状的光束进入波导后,经过全反射照射到感光膜或感光板216上,能够被衍射调制后汇聚到波导型光学元件的出瞳。可替换的,波导型光学组件中的波导可以与制作感光膜或感光板216时所用的波导214不完全相同,但是具有至少部分相同的光学和/或集合参数,从而确保光锥状的光束,进入波导后,经过全反射照射到感光膜或感光板216上的不同位置的照射方向与制作感光膜或感光板216时在216内部全反射的光到其上的方向相同或者相近,能够被衍射调制后汇聚到波导型光学元件的出瞳。为此用于记录的波导的物理参数与用于显示的波导的物理参数可以不同。例如波导型光学组件中的波导配置成使得:入射到其上贴附的感光膜或感光板216上每一点的光束的角度,与制作感光膜或感光板216时在波导内部全反射后入射到感光膜或感光板216上该点的光束的角度,二者相同。由此确保波导型光学组件中的波导与感光膜或感光版216,能够对耦入的光束进行合理的调制。Those skilled in the art can easily understand that when the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 is used in the waveguide type optical component of the first aspect of the present disclosure, the waveguide in the waveguide type optical component can be the same as the waveguide used in making the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216. 214 is exactly the same. Point 212 corresponds to the entrance pupil of the waveguide-type optical component, so as to ensure that the cone-shaped light beam enters the waveguide and irradiates the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 through total reflection, and can be modulated by diffraction and converged to the waveguide-type The exit pupil of the optical element. Alternatively, the waveguide in the waveguide type optical component may not be exactly the same as the waveguide 214 used in the production of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate 216, but have at least part of the same optical and/or collective parameters, thereby ensuring a light cone-shaped beam, After entering the waveguide, the irradiation direction of total reflection to different positions on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 is the same or similar to the direction of the light totally reflected inside 216 when the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 is made, and can be diffracted After being modulated, it is converged to the exit pupil of the waveguide optical element. For this reason, the physical parameters of the waveguide used for recording and the physical parameters of the waveguide used for display may be different. For example, the waveguide in the waveguide-type optical component is configured such that the angle of the light beam incident on each point on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 attached to it is different from the angle of the light beam incident on the inside of the waveguide after being totally reflected when the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 is made. The angle of the light beam at that point on the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate 216 is the same. Therefore, it is ensured that the waveguide and photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 in the waveguide type optical component can reasonably modulate the coupled light beam.
根据本公开的一个优选实施例,所述感光膜或感光板216上的感光材料为全彩感光材料。所述步骤S72包括:利用多个激光器发出不同波长的激光光束,合束后出射;所述步骤S76包括:对应于所述多个激光器的不同波长,在所述感光材料内部同时进行干涉曝光。通过这种方式,一次曝光就能够形成全彩色的体全息光学元件。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the photosensitive material on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 is a full-color photosensitive material. The step S72 includes: using a plurality of lasers to emit laser beams of different wavelengths, which are combined and emitted; the step S76 includes: corresponding to different wavelengths of the plurality of lasers, simultaneously performing interference exposure inside the photosensitive material. In this way, a full-color volume holographic optical element can be formed in one exposure.
根据一个替换实施例,所述感光膜或感光板216上的感光材料为全彩感光材料,所述步骤S72包括:相继地利用多个激光器发出不同波长的激光光束并出射;所述步骤S76包括:对应于所述多个激光器的不同波长,在所述感光材料内部相继地进行多次干涉曝光。例如,在图14的光路图中,首先通过蓝光激光器201发射蓝光激光光束,在感光膜或感光板216上的感光材料中进行一次曝光;然后使得绿光激光器202发射绿光激光光束,在感光膜或感光板216上的感光材料中进行一次曝光。然后使得红色激光器203发射红光激光光束,在感光膜或感光板216上的感光材料中进行一次曝光。经过三次曝光,也可以形成全彩的体全息光学元件。According to an alternative embodiment, the photosensitive material on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 is a full-color photosensitive material, and the step S72 includes: successively using a plurality of lasers to emit laser beams of different wavelengths; and the step S76 includes : Corresponding to different wavelengths of the multiple lasers, multiple interference exposures are successively performed inside the photosensitive material. For example, in the optical path diagram of FIG. 14, a blue laser beam is first emitted by a blue laser 201, and an exposure is performed in the photosensitive material on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216; then the green laser 202 is caused to emit a green laser beam, One exposure is performed in the photosensitive material on the film or photosensitive plate 216. Then, the red laser 203 is made to emit a red laser beam to perform one exposure in the photosensitive material on the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate 216. After three exposures, full-color volume holographic optical elements can also be formed.
根据本公开的一个可选实施例,所述感光膜或感光板216的感光材料为单色感光材料,例如仅对红光敏感。在此情况下,所述步骤S62包括:利用激光器发出与该单色感光材料对应波长的激光光束并出射;所述步骤S106包括:对应于所述激光器的波长,在所述感光材料内部进行干涉曝光,获得与所述波长对应的所述体全息光学元件。如此形成的体全息光学元件为单色的体全息光学元件。According to an optional embodiment of the present disclosure, the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 216 is a monochromatic photosensitive material, for example, only sensitive to red light. In this case, the step S62 includes: using a laser to emit and emit a laser beam with a wavelength corresponding to the monochromatic photosensitive material; and the step S106 includes: corresponding to the wavelength of the laser, interfering inside the photosensitive material Exposure to obtain the volume holographic optical element corresponding to the wavelength. The volume holographic optical element thus formed is a monochromatic volume holographic optical element.
根据本公开的一个优选实施例,在形成了一个单色体全息光学元件之后,还可以更换可对不同波长的光线进行曝光的感光膜或感光板,通过所述步骤S72、S73、S74、S75和S76,获得与所述不同波长对应的多个体全息光学元件。例如在形成了红色体全息光学元件之后,更换对蓝光敏感的感光膜或感光板,通过蓝光激光器发射激光器并 进行曝光,形成蓝色体全息光学元件。之后再形成绿色体全息光学元件。通过这种方式形成的单色体全息光学元件,可单独使用,也可以将其准确对位并堆叠起来,用作本公开第一方面的波导型光学组件中的光束合成器,例如图7所示的。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, after a monochromatic volume holographic optical element is formed, the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate that can be exposed to light of different wavelengths can also be replaced, through the steps S72, S73, S74, and S75. And S76, obtaining a plurality of volume holographic optical elements corresponding to the different wavelengths. For example, after the red volume holographic optical element is formed, the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate sensitive to blue light is replaced, and the laser is emitted by a blue laser and exposed to form a blue volume holographic optical element. Then the green volume holographic optical element is formed. The monochromatic volume holographic optical element formed in this way can be used alone, or it can be accurately aligned and stacked to be used as a beam combiner in the waveguide type optical component of the first aspect of the present disclosure, such as shown in FIG. 7 Shown.
图14所示的光路图中,最终形成的体全息光学元件为反射式的体全息光学元件。本公开的方法70还可用于形成透射式的体全息光学元件。下面参考图15详细描述。In the optical path diagram shown in FIG. 14, the finally formed volume holographic optical element is a reflective volume holographic optical element. The method 70 of the present disclosure can also be used to form a transmissive volume holographic optical element. This is described in detail below with reference to FIG.
如图15所示,对应于不同波长的激光器1101、1102、1103发射出的激光束,例如经过分光片1104、1105、1106进行合束后,形成高方向性细光束L00,然后经过显微物镜与针孔1107,将高方向性细光束高倍汇聚于针孔进行滤波,发出高质量球面波,并入射到准直透镜1108。其中,针孔滤波器1107位于准直透镜1108的焦平面,因此从针孔滤波器1107发出的光波经过准直透镜1108后转换为高质量平面波L00’。As shown in Figure 15, the laser beams emitted by lasers 1101, 1102, 1103 corresponding to different wavelengths, for example, are combined by beam splitters 1104, 1105, and 1106 to form a highly directional beam L00, and then pass through a microscope objective lens Together with the pinhole 1107, the highly directional thin beams are concentrated in the pinhole at high power for filtering, and a high-quality spherical wave is emitted, which is incident on the collimating lens 1108. Among them, the pinhole filter 1107 is located at the focal plane of the collimating lens 1108, so the light wave emitted from the pinhole filter 1107 is converted into a high-quality plane wave L00' after passing through the collimating lens 1108.
高质量平面波L00’经过分光片1109分成第一激光光束L11和第二激光光束L22,其中第一激光光束L11与图14中的第一激光光束类似,例如经过反射镜1110、第一透镜1111后,汇聚到第一点1112,然后入射到波导1115的耦入面1113上,进入波导1115内部,并在波导与空气的交界面处发生全反射,并入射到位于波导表面上的感光膜或感光板1116上。第二激光光束L22,经过反射镜1117和1118,入射到第二透镜1114上。与图14的结构不同,图15中的第二透镜1114位于波导1115的与所述感光膜或感光板1116相反的一侧上。第二透镜1114例如为凸透镜,因此可以将平行的第二激光光束L22汇聚到第二点1119处。本领域技术人员容易理解,第二点1119可能并非是第二透镜1114的焦点或焦平面上,而是位于焦点或焦平面的前方或后方,这是由于光线在不同材质的界面处可能发生折射。The high-quality plane wave L00' is split into a first laser beam L11 and a second laser beam L22 through a beam splitter 1109, where the first laser beam L11 is similar to the first laser beam in FIG. 14, for example, after passing through a mirror 1110 and a first lens 1111 , Converges to the first point 1112, and then incident on the coupling surface 1113 of the waveguide 1115, enters the waveguide 1115, and is totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air, and is incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive film on the surface of the waveguide. Board 1116. The second laser beam L22 passes through the mirrors 1117 and 1118 and is incident on the second lens 1114. Different from the structure of FIG. 14, the second lens 1114 in FIG. 15 is located on the side of the waveguide 1115 opposite to the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 1116. The second lens 1114 is, for example, a convex lens, so it can converge the parallel second laser beam L22 to the second point 1119. It is easy for those skilled in the art to understand that the second point 1119 may not be the focal point or focal plane of the second lens 1114, but is located in front of or behind the focal point or focal plane. This is because light may be refracted at the interface of different materials. .
第一激光光束L11通过耦入面1113折射进入波导1115中,在波导1115上表面发生全反射,然后入射到感光膜或感光板1116上,作为信号光。第二激光光束L22被反射镜1117和1118反射后,入射到第二透镜1114后成为汇聚球面波,汇聚点为1119(位于感光膜或感光板1116的另一侧),汇聚光为参考光。信号光与参考光在感光膜或感光板1116的感光材料上发生干涉,得到透射式体光学元件1116,例如可用于图2所示的实施例中。The first laser beam L11 is refracted by the coupling surface 1113 into the waveguide 1115, is totally reflected on the upper surface of the waveguide 1115, and then is incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 1116 as signal light. After the second laser beam L22 is reflected by the mirrors 1117 and 1118, it enters the second lens 1114 and becomes a convergent spherical wave. The convergent point is 1119 (on the other side of the photosensitive film or plate 1116), and the convergent light is the reference light. The signal light and the reference light interfere with the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate 1116 to obtain a transmissive optical element 1116, which can be used in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, for example.
图16示出了根据本公开的另一个优选实施例。与图14的不同之处在于,凹面反射镜1214位于所述波导的与所述感光膜或感光板1216相反的一侧上。第二激光光束L22被凹面反射镜1214反向汇聚,汇聚点为第二点1217,反向汇聚的球面波为参考光。第一激光光束L11经过透镜1211,汇聚于第一点1212点,第一点1212与本公开第一方面中的入瞳位置一致,然后发散继续传播,经过波导1215的耦入面1213折射进入波导中,在波导1215上表面发生全反射,然后入射到感光膜或感光板1116上,反射光为信号光。参考光与信号光在感光膜或感光板1116的感光材料内发生干涉,形成体全息光学元件。Figure 16 shows another preferred embodiment according to the present disclosure. The difference from FIG. 14 is that the concave mirror 1214 is located on the side of the waveguide opposite to the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 1216. The second laser beam L22 is converged in the reverse direction by the concave mirror 1214, the convergence point is the second point 1217, and the spherical wave converged in the reverse direction is the reference light. The first laser beam L11 passes through the lens 1211 and converges at the first point 1212. The first point 1212 is consistent with the entrance pupil position in the first aspect of the present disclosure, and then diverges and continues to propagate, and is refracted into the waveguide through the coupling surface 1213 of the waveguide 1215 In this, total reflection occurs on the upper surface of the waveguide 1215, and then incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 1116, and the reflected light is signal light. The reference light and the signal light interfere in the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 1116 to form a volume holographic optical element.
在本公开第一方面中已经描述,波导型光学组件可具有多个入瞳和多个出瞳。与此相对应的,在体全息光学元件的制造过程中,在将第一激光光束汇聚到第一点、将第二激光光束汇聚到第二点、并在感光膜或感光板中进行干涉曝光之后,可以进行以下步骤,从而使得体全息光学元件相应地具有多个入瞳和出瞳:As described in the first aspect of the present disclosure, the waveguide type optical component may have multiple entrance pupils and multiple exit pupils. Correspondingly, in the manufacturing process of volume holographic optical elements, the first laser beam is converged to the first point, the second laser beam is converged to the second point, and interference exposure is performed in the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate. After that, the following steps can be performed to make the volume holographic optical element correspondingly have multiple entrance pupils and exit pupils:
步骤S77:使得所述第一激光光束汇聚到所述波导外的第三点,并出射到所述波导的耦入面上,进入所述波导内部,在所述波导与空气的界面发生全反射,并入射到所述感光膜或感光板上,其中所述第三点不同于所述第一点;Step S77: Make the first laser beam converge to a third point outside the waveguide, and exit to the coupling surface of the waveguide, enter the waveguide, and cause total reflection at the interface between the waveguide and air , And incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate, wherein the third point is different from the first point;
步骤S78:使所述第二激光光束穿过所述感光膜或感光板后汇聚到所述波导外的第四点,其中所述第四点不同于所述第二点;和Step S78: making the second laser beam pass through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate and then converge to a fourth point outside the waveguide, wherein the fourth point is different from the second point; and
步骤S79:被汇聚到所述第三点并在所述波导内部全反射的第一激光光束与被汇聚到所述第四点的第二激光光束在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部产生干涉曝光。Step S79: The first laser beam converged to the third point and totally reflected inside the waveguide and the second laser beam converged to the fourth point are inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate Produce interference exposure.
如此形成的体全息光学元件216、1116、1216及其相对应的波导214、1115、以及1215,可以用在本公开第一方面所描述的波导型光学元件中。在使用时,本公开第一方面中所提到的光锥的顶点(在一些实施例中为入瞳)即位于所述第一点212、1112、1212处。此处不再赘述。The volume holographic optical elements 216, 1116, 1216 and their corresponding waveguides 214, 1115, and 1215 thus formed can be used in the waveguide type optical element described in the first aspect of the present disclosure. When in use, the apex of the light cone mentioned in the first aspect of the present disclosure (in some embodiments, the entrance pupil) is located at the first points 212, 1112, 1212. I won't repeat them here.
根据本公开的一个优选实施例,所述方法还包括:将所获得的体全息光学元件作为母版,复制其它的体全息光学元件。上述的制造过程较为复杂,通过将上述方法制造的体全息光学元件作为母版来进行大规模复制的话,可以降低成本。以下详细描述进行光束合成器复制或制造的方法。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the method further includes: using the obtained volume holographic optical element as a master, and copying other volume holographic optical elements. The above-mentioned manufacturing process is relatively complicated, and the cost can be reduced by using the volume holographic optical element manufactured by the above-mentioned method as a master for large-scale replication. The method for copying or manufacturing the beam combiner is described in detail below.
如图17所示,根据本公开一个实施例的制造光束合成器的方法80包括:As shown in FIG. 17, a method 80 for manufacturing a beam combiner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure includes:
在步骤S81:提供通过上所述方法制备的体全息光学元件作为母版,其中所述母版为反射式体全息光学元件。In step S81: the volume holographic optical element prepared by the above method is provided as a master, wherein the master is a reflective volume holographic optical element.
在步骤S82:提供一波导,所述波导具有耦入面,以将光波耦入所述波导内部,光波在所述波导与空气的界面发生全反射,所述波导与制作所述体全息光学元件所用的波导具有至少部分相同的光学和/或几何参数;In step S82, a waveguide is provided, the waveguide has a coupling surface to couple light waves into the inside of the waveguide, the light waves are totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air, and the waveguide and the volume holographic optical element are made The waveguides used have at least part of the same optical and/or geometric parameters;
在步骤S83:将一感光膜或感光板贴附在所述波导的表面上;In step S83: attach a photosensitive film or photosensitive plate to the surface of the waveguide;
在步骤S84:将所述母版贴附在所述感光膜或感光板之上;In step S84: attach the master to the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate;
在步骤S85:从与制作所述体全息光学元件时的第一点对应的位置处发出发散球面波入射到所述波导的耦入面上,在所述波导与空气界面发生一次或多次全反射并入射到所述感光膜或感光板,穿过所述感光膜或感光板入射到所述母版上,被所述母版反向衍射,反向衍射光穿过所述感光膜或感光板并汇聚到与所述第二点对应的位置处,入射到所述感光膜或感光板的光与反向衍射光在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部发生干涉曝光,获得新的反射式体全息光学元件。In step S85: a divergent spherical wave is emitted from a position corresponding to the first point when the volume holographic optical element is made and is incident on the coupling surface of the waveguide, and one or more full waves occur at the interface between the waveguide and the air. Reflected and incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate, passing through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate and incident on the master, the reverse diffracted light passes through the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate. The plate is converged to the position corresponding to the second point, and the light incident on the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate and the reverse diffracted light will interfere and expose inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate to obtain a new Reflective volume holographic optical element.
如图18A所示,波导303具有耦入面302,感光膜或感光板305贴附在波导303的表面上,母版306贴附在感光膜或感光板305上。根据本公开的一个优选实施例,所述波导303例如与制作所述母版306时的波导相同,或者具有至少部分相同的光学和/或几何参数。优选的,所述母版306和感光膜或感光板305相对于波导303的位置,参考该母版306制作时相对于波导的位置来设定,从而可以保持一致性。As shown in FIG. 18A, the waveguide 303 has a coupling surface 302, a photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 305 is attached to the surface of the waveguide 303, and a master 306 is attached to the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 305. According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the waveguide 303 is, for example, the same as the waveguide when the master 306 is made, or has at least partially the same optical and/or geometric parameters. Preferably, the position of the master 306 and the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate 305 relative to the waveguide 303 is set with reference to the position of the master 306 relative to the waveguide when the master 306 is made, so as to maintain consistency.
点301对应于制作该母版306时的第一点,即制作该母版306时第一激光光束L11的汇聚点。从点301的位置处发出发散球面波入射到所述波导303的耦入面302上,进入所述波导内部,在所述波导与空气界面发生一次或多次全反射并入射到所述感光 膜或感光板305,穿过所述感光膜或感光板305入射到所述母版306上,被所述母版306反向衍射,反向衍射光穿过所述感光膜或感光板306并汇聚到点304(即与制作该母版306时的第二点对应的位置处),入射到所述感光膜或感光板的光与反向衍射光在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部发生干涉曝光,获得新的反射式体全息光学元件305。The point 301 corresponds to the first point when the master 306 is made, that is, the converging point of the first laser beam L11 when the master 306 is made. The diverging spherical wave emitted from the position of the point 301 is incident on the coupling surface 302 of the waveguide 303, enters the inside of the waveguide, and undergoes one or more total reflections at the interface between the waveguide and the air and is incident on the photosensitive film Or the photosensitive plate 305, passing through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 305 and incident on the master 306, is reversely diffracted by the master 306, and the reverse diffracted light passes through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 306 and is converged At point 304 (that is, the position corresponding to the second point when the master 306 is made), the light incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate and the reverse diffracted light are inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate Interference exposure occurs, and a new reflective volume holographic optical element 305 is obtained.
从点301发出的发散球面波,经耦入面302耦合进入波导303,在其上表面发生全反射后经过感光膜或感光板305与母版306。其中,照到感光膜或感光板305上的光为信号光。照射到母版306上的光,再现出反向汇聚于点304的汇聚球面波,为参考光。参考光与信号光在感光膜或感光板305内部干涉,形成新的反射式体全息光学元件305。其中,所形成的新的反射式体全息光学元件305以及该波导303,可用于根据本公开第一方面的波导型光学元件中,如图18B所示。The diverging spherical wave emitted from the point 301 is coupled into the waveguide 303 through the coupling surface 302, and passes through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 305 and the master 306 after being totally reflected on the upper surface. Among them, the light irradiated on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 305 is signal light. The light irradiated on the master 306 reproduces the convergent spherical wave converging in the opposite direction at the point 304, which is the reference light. The reference light and the signal light interfere inside the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate 305 to form a new reflective volume holographic optical element 305. Wherein, the formed new reflective volume holographic optical element 305 and the waveguide 303 can be used in the waveguide type optical element according to the first aspect of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 18B.
本领域技术人员容易理解,在复制母版时所使用的波导303,可以与制作母版时使用的波导214是相同的,点301对应于点212,从而确保进行精确地复制。可替换的,在复制母版时所使用的波导303可以与制作母版时使用的波导不完全相同,但二者具有至少部分相同的光学和/或几何参数。例如复制母版时使用的波导303配置成使得:入射到母版306上每一点的光束的角度,与制作母版306时在波导内部全反射后入射到母版上该点的光束的角度,二者相同或者相近。由此确保所得到的反射式体全息光学元件305,将是母版的精确复制。Those skilled in the art can easily understand that the waveguide 303 used when copying the master can be the same as the waveguide 214 used when making the master, and the point 301 corresponds to the point 212, so as to ensure accurate copying. Alternatively, the waveguide 303 used when copying the master may not be exactly the same as the waveguide used when making the master, but both have at least partially the same optical and/or geometric parameters. For example, the waveguide 303 used when copying the master is configured such that the angle of the light beam incident on each point on the master 306 and the angle of the light beam incident on the point on the master after being totally reflected inside the waveguide when the master 306 is made, The two are the same or similar. This ensures that the obtained reflective volume holographic optical element 305 will be an accurate copy of the master.
根据本公开的一个优选实施例,其中所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料为全彩感光材料,所述步骤S85包括:相继地发出不同波长的激光光束以在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部发生多次干涉曝光或同时发出不同波长的激光光束以在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部同时发生干涉曝光。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, wherein the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a full-color photosensitive material, the step S85 includes: successively emitting laser beams of different wavelengths so as to be on the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate. Multiple interference exposures occur inside the photosensitive material or laser beams of different wavelengths are emitted simultaneously to simultaneously cause interference exposure inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate.
根据本公开的一个优选实施例,所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料为单色感光材料,所述步骤S85包括:发出与该单色感光材料对应波长的激光光束以在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部发生单次干涉曝光。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a monochromatic photosensitive material, and the step S85 includes: emitting a laser beam with a wavelength corresponding to the monochromatic photosensitive material to irradiate the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate. A single interference exposure occurs inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive plate.
图19示出了根据本公开一个优选实施例的制造光束合成器的方法90。该方法90包括:FIG. 19 shows a method 90 of manufacturing a beam combiner according to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure. The method 90 includes:
S91:提供通过如上所述方法制备的体全息光学元件作为母版,其中所述母版为透射式体全息光学元件。S91: Provide a volume holographic optical element prepared by the method described above as a master, wherein the master is a transmissive volume holographic optical element.
S92:提供一波导,所述波导具有耦入面,以将光波耦入所述波导内部,光束在所述波导与空气的界面发生全反射,所述波导与制作所述体全息光学元件所用的波导具有至少部分相同的光学和/或几何参数。S92: Provide a waveguide. The waveguide has a coupling surface to couple light waves into the waveguide. The light beam is totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air. The waveguide and the volume holographic optical element used The waveguides have at least partially the same optical and/or geometric parameters.
S93:将所述母版贴附在所述波导的表面上。S93: Attach the master to the surface of the waveguide.
S94:将一感光膜或感光板贴附在所述母版之上。S94: Attach a photosensitive film or photosensitive plate to the master.
S95:从与制作所述体全息光学元件时的第一点对应的位置处发出发散球面波入射到所述波导的耦入面上,在所述波导与空气界面发生一次或多次全反射并入射到所述母版,从所述母版出射的光包括未被衍射的透射光和被所述母版衍射后的汇聚光,所述汇聚光的汇聚点与所述第二点对应,所述未被衍射的透射光与衍射的汇聚光继续传 播进入所述感光膜或感光板,在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部发生干涉曝光,获得新的透射式体全息光学元件。S95: A diverging spherical wave is emitted from a position corresponding to the first point when the volume holographic optical element is made and is incident on the coupling surface of the waveguide, and one or more total reflections occur at the interface between the waveguide and the air. The light incident on the master and emitted from the master includes transmitted light that has not been diffracted and condensed light diffracted by the master. The converging point of the condensed light corresponds to the second point, so The undiffracted transmitted light and diffracted convergent light continue to propagate into the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate, and interference exposure occurs inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate to obtain a new transmissive volume holographic optical element.
如图20A所示,波导1803具有耦入面1802,母版1804贴附在波导1803的表面上,感光膜或感光板305贴附在母版1804上。根据本公开的一个优选实施例,所述波导1803例如与制作所述母版1804时的波导相同,或者具有至少部分相同的光学和/或几何参数。As shown in FIG. 20A, the waveguide 1803 has a coupling surface 1802, a master 1804 is attached to the surface of the waveguide 1803, and a photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 305 is attached to the master 1804. According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the waveguide 1803 is, for example, the same as the waveguide when the master 1804 is made, or has at least partially the same optical and/or geometric parameters.
点1801对应于制作该母版1804时的第一点,即制作该母版1804时第一激光光束L11的汇聚点。从所述点1801位置处发出发散球面波入射到所述波导1803的耦入面1802上,在所述波导与空气界面发生一次或多次全反射并入射到所述母版1804,从所述母版出射的光包括未被衍射的透射光和被所述母版衍射后的汇聚光,所述汇聚光的汇聚点与所述第二点1806(即与所述母版1804制作时的第二点)对应,所述未被衍射的透射光与衍射的汇聚光继续传播进入所述感光膜或感光板1805,在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部发生干涉曝光,获得新的透射式体全息光学元件。The point 1801 corresponds to the first point when the master 1804 is made, that is, the converging point of the first laser beam L11 when the master 1804 is made. A divergent spherical wave emitted from the position of the point 1801 is incident on the coupling surface 1802 of the waveguide 1803, and one or more total reflections occur at the interface between the waveguide and the air and are incident on the master 1804. The light emitted by the master includes the transmitted light that has not been diffracted and the condensed light diffracted by the master. The convergent point of the condensed light is connected to the second point 1806 (that is, the second point 1806 when the master 1804 is produced). Corresponding to two points), the undiffracted transmitted light and diffracted convergent light continue to propagate into the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 1805, and interference exposure occurs inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate to obtain a new transmission Type volume holographic optical element.
从点1801发出的发散球面波,经耦入面1802耦合进入波导1803,在其上表面发生全反射后经过母版1804与感光膜或感光板1805,照明到感光膜或感光板1805上的光为信号光。照明到母版1804上的光,再现出反向汇聚于点1806的汇聚球面波,为参考光。参考光与信号光在感光膜或感光板1805内部干涉,形成新的透射式体全息光学元件1805。其中,所形成的新的反射式体全息光学元件1805以及该波导1803,可用于根据本公开第一方面的波导型光学元件中,如图20B所示。The diverging spherical wave emitted from point 1801 is coupled into the waveguide 1803 through the coupling surface 1802, and after being totally reflected on its upper surface, it passes through the master 1804 and the photosensitive film or plate 1805, and illuminates the light on the photosensitive film or plate 1805. For the signal light. The light illuminating on the master 1804 reproduces the convergent spherical wave converging in the opposite direction at the point 1806, which is the reference light. The reference light and the signal light interfere inside the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate 1805 to form a new transmissive volume holographic optical element 1805. Among them, the formed new reflective volume holographic optical element 1805 and the waveguide 1803 can be used in the waveguide type optical element according to the first aspect of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 20B.
本领域技术人员容易理解,在复制母版1804时所使用的波导1803,可以与制作母版1804时使用的波导1115或1215是相同的,点301对应于点1112或1212,从而确保进行精确地复制。可替换的,在复制母版时所使用的波导1803可以与制作母版时使用的波导不完全相同,但二者具有至少部分相同的光学和/或几何参数。例如复制母版时使用的波导1803配置成使得:入射到母版1804上每一点的光束的角度,与制作母版1804时在波导内部全反射后入射到母版上该点的光束的角度,二者相同。由此确保所得到的透射式体全息光学元件1805,将是母版1804的复制。Those skilled in the art can easily understand that the waveguide 1803 used when copying the master 1804 can be the same as the waveguide 1115 or 1215 used when making the master 1804. The point 301 corresponds to the point 1112 or 1212 to ensure accurate copy. Alternatively, the waveguide 1803 used in replicating the master may not be exactly the same as the waveguide used in making the master, but both have at least partially the same optical and/or geometric parameters. For example, the waveguide 1803 used when copying the master is configured such that: the angle of the light beam incident on each point on the master 1804 and the angle of the light beam incident on the master after total reflection inside the waveguide when the master 1804 is made, Both are the same. This ensures that the resulting transmissive volume holographic optical element 1805 will be a copy of the master 1804.
根据本公开的一个优选实施例,所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料为全彩感光材料,所述步骤S305包括:相继地发出不同波长的激光光束以在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部发生多次干涉曝光或同时发出不同波长的激光光束以在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部同时发生干涉曝光。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a full-color photosensitive material, and the step S305 includes: successively emitting laser beams of different wavelengths to lighten the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate. Multiple interference exposures occur inside the material or laser beams of different wavelengths are emitted at the same time to simultaneously cause interference exposure inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate.
根据本公开的一个优选实施例,所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料为单色感光材料,所述步骤S305包括:发出与该单色感光材料对应波长的激光光束以在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部发生单次干涉曝光。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a monochromatic photosensitive material, and the step S305 includes: emitting a laser beam with a wavelength corresponding to the monochromatic photosensitive material to irradiate the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate. A single interference exposure occurs inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive plate.
本公开还涉及一种通过如上所述的方法70、80、90制成体全息光学元件,其中体全息光学元件是透射式体全息光学元件或反射式体全息光学元件。The present disclosure also relates to a volume holographic optical element made by the methods 70, 80, 90 as described above, wherein the volume holographic optical element is a transmissive volume holographic optical element or a reflective volume holographic optical element.
本公开还涉及一种波导型光学组件,所述波导型光学组件包括:The present disclosure also relates to a waveguide type optical component, which includes:
光束生成器,配置成形成光锥分布的光束组;The beam generator is configured to form a beam group with a light cone distribution;
波导,所述波导具有耦入面,用于将所述光束组中的光束耦合进入所述波导,耦合进入波导的光束在所述波导与空气的界面发生全反射;和A waveguide, the waveguide having a coupling surface for coupling the light beams in the light beam group into the waveguide, and the light beams coupled into the waveguide are totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air; and
如上所述的方法80或90制成的光束合成器,贴附在所述波导的一表面上,改变入射到其上的光束的传播方向,使其以不同角度离开所述波导继续传播,其中来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后汇聚于一点。The beam combiner made by the method 80 or 90 as described above is attached to a surface of the waveguide, and the propagation direction of the beam incident on it is changed so that it leaves the waveguide at different angles and continues to propagate, wherein The light beams from the beam group of the same light cone distribution converge at one point after leaving the waveguide.
波导型光学组件的结构例如如图1-10所示,因此本公开第一方面的波导型光学组件的任一特征或特征的组合,可用于本公开第二方面的波导型光学组件,此处不再赘述。The structure of the waveguide type optical component is, for example, as shown in Figs. 1-10. Therefore, any feature or combination of features of the waveguide type optical component of the first aspect of the present disclosure can be used in the waveguide type optical component of the second aspect of the present disclosure. No longer.
根据本公开的优选实施例,如图1所示,所述波导型光学组件具有入瞳和出瞳,所述光锥的顶点为所述入瞳,来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后所汇聚的所述一点为所述出瞳。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 1, the waveguide type optical component has an entrance pupil and an exit pupil, and the apex of the light cone is the entrance pupil, and the light beams from the same light cone distribution beam group The point where it converges after leaving the waveguide is the exit pupil.
根据本公开的优选实施例,如图3所示,所述光束生成器包括光源和微机电系统,According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 3, the beam generator includes a light source and a microelectromechanical system,
其中所述光源配置成可生成携带图像像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息的光束;微机电系统配置成可对从所述光源出射的光束进行扫描,形成所述光锥分布的光束组,The light source is configured to generate light beams carrying color information and/or brightness information of image pixels; the micro-electromechanical system is configured to scan the light beams emitted from the light source to form a beam group with the light cone distribution,
其中所述光源优选为单色或者三色激光光源。The light source is preferably a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source.
根据本公开的优选实施例,如图4所示,所述光束生成器包括:According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 4, the beam generator includes:
光源,其中所述光源为单色或三色的激光光源或LED光源或OLED光源;A light source, wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
DMD、LCOS、LCD中的一个或多个,配置成可载入图像,并根据所述图像,对所述光源照射到其上的光进行调制;One or more of DMD, LCOS, and LCD are configured to load an image, and according to the image, the light irradiated by the light source is modulated;
光阑或透镜,配置成接收所述调制的光以形成所述光锥分布的光束。A diaphragm or lens is configured to receive the modulated light to form a light beam of the light cone distribution.
根据本公开的优选实施例,如图5所示,其中所述光束生成器包括:According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 5, the beam generator includes:
光源,其中所述光源为单色或三色的激光光源或LED光源或OLED光源;A light source, wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
透镜,配置成接收所述光源发出的发散光,并汇聚到所述光锥的顶点;A lens configured to receive the divergent light emitted by the light source and converge to the apex of the light cone;
DMD、LCOS、LCD中的一个或多个,位于所述透镜和所述顶点之间,并配置成可载入图像,并根据所述图像,对经过透镜后的照射到其上的光进行调制。One or more of DMD, LCOS, LCD, located between the lens and the vertex, and configured to load an image, and modulate the light irradiated on it after passing through the lens according to the image .
根据本公开的优选实施例,如图3所示,其中所述微机电系统包括MEMS振镜,所述光源是细光束光源,包括多个激光器、控制器和合束器,所述控制器与所述多个激光器耦合,并控制所述多个激光器发射出激光束,所述多个激光器的激光束入射到所述合束器,合成为在空间上传播路径重合的近平行性细光束。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 3, the microelectromechanical system includes a MEMS galvanometer, the light source is a thin beam light source, and includes a plurality of lasers, a controller, and a beam combiner. The multiple lasers are coupled, and the multiple lasers are controlled to emit laser beams, and the laser beams of the multiple lasers are incident on the beam combiner and combined into nearly parallel beams with overlapping propagation paths in space.
根据本公开的优选实施例,如图3所示,所述合束器包括透镜组、以及分别与所述多个激光器的波长对应的光学薄膜分光片,其中所述透镜组配置成可调整所述激光器发出的激光束的发散角和/或直径,并投射到对应的光学薄膜分光片上,经过反射或透射形成所述在空间上传播路径重合的近平行性细光束。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 3, the beam combiner includes a lens group and optical film splitters corresponding to the wavelengths of the plurality of lasers, wherein the lens group is configured to adjust the The divergence angle and/or diameter of the laser beam emitted by the laser is projected onto the corresponding optical film splitter, and after reflection or transmission, the nearly parallel thin beams with overlapping propagation paths in space are formed.
根据本公开的优选实施例,其中所述合束器还包括设置在所述透镜组与所述光学薄膜分光片之间的光阑、波片、偏振片、衰减片,所述合束器还包括与所述透镜组耦合的微电机,所述微电机可调节所述透镜组中透镜间的相对位置以调节从所述透镜组出射的光束的发散角和/或直径。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the beam combiner further includes an aperture, a wave plate, a polarizing plate, and an attenuator arranged between the lens group and the optical film splitter, and the beam combiner also It includes a micro motor coupled with the lens group, and the micro motor can adjust the relative position between the lenses in the lens group to adjust the divergence angle and/or diameter of the light beam emitted from the lens group.
根据本公开的优选实施例,其中所述光束组中不同方向的光束携带不同图像像素 的颜色信息和/或亮度信息。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the light beams in different directions in the light beam group carry color information and/or brightness information of different image pixels.
根据本公开的优选实施例,其中所述光束合成器包括衍射光学元件,被耦合进入所述波导中的光束在波导与空气的交界处发生全反射后,入射到所述衍射光学元件不同位置时均发生衍射,衍射光的传播方向改变并离开所述波导继续传播,其中来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后汇聚于一点。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the beam combiner includes a diffractive optical element, and the light beam coupled into the waveguide is totally reflected at the junction of the waveguide and the air, and when it is incident on the diffractive optical element at different positions Diffraction occurs, and the propagation direction of the diffracted light changes and leaves the waveguide to continue to propagate, wherein the beams from the beam group of the same light cone distribution converge at one point after leaving the waveguide.
根据本公开的优选实施例,其中所述耦入面设置在波导的凸出的耦入结构上,所述凸出的耦入结构与所述光束合成器所在的平面相交,相交的位置可用作定位,用于将所述合成器贴附与所述波导上。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, wherein the coupling surface is arranged on the convex coupling structure of the waveguide, the convex coupling structure intersects the plane where the beam combiner is located, and the intersecting position can be used Positioning is used to attach the synthesizer to the waveguide.
根据本公开的优选实施例,其中所述衍射光学元件是体全息光学元件,为透射式体全息光学元件或反射式体全息光学元件,其中所述光源包括多个激光器,所述多个激光器配置成可发射出不同波长的激光光束。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, wherein the diffractive optical element is a volume holographic optical element, a transmissive volume holographic optical element or a reflective volume holographic optical element, wherein the light source includes a plurality of lasers, and the plurality of lasers are configured It can emit laser beams of different wavelengths.
根据本公开的优选实施例,其中所述体全息光学元件包括单个彩色体全息光学元件,所述单个彩色体全息光学元件对所述多个激光器的不同波长的激光均发生衍射作用。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the volume holographic optical element includes a single color volume holographic optical element, and the single color volume holographic optical element diffracts laser light of different wavelengths from the multiple lasers.
根据本公开的优选实施例,其中所述体全息光学元件包括准确对位并堆叠在一起的多个单色体全息光学元件,与所述多个激光器的数目对应,每一片单色体全息光学元件,仅对所对应波长的激光发生衍射作用,而对其它波长的激光不发生衍射作用。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, wherein the volume holographic optical element includes a plurality of monochromatic volume holographic optical elements accurately aligned and stacked together, corresponding to the number of the plurality of lasers, each monochromatic volume holographic optical element The element only diffracts laser light of the corresponding wavelength, but does not diffract laser light of other wavelengths.
根据本公开的优选实施例,其中所述体全息光学元件包括准确对位并堆叠在一起的多个体全息光学元件,所述多个体全息光学元件的数目少于所述多个激光器的数目,所述多个体全息光学元件中的至少一个对所述多个激光器中,至少两个波长的激光发生衍射作用,而对其它波长的激光不发生衍射作用;而其余的体全息光学元件,对余下的其它波长中的一个波长的激光发生衍射作用,而对其它波长的激光不发生衍射作用。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, wherein the volume holographic optical element includes a plurality of volume holographic optical elements accurately aligned and stacked together, the number of the plurality of volume holographic optical elements is less than the number of the plurality of lasers, so At least one of the plurality of volume holographic optical elements diffracts the laser light of at least two wavelengths of the plurality of lasers, but does not diffract the laser light of other wavelengths; while the remaining volume holographic optical elements affect the remaining The laser of one wavelength among other wavelengths has a diffraction effect, but the laser of other wavelengths does not have a diffraction effect.
根据本公开的优选实施例,其中所述体全息光学元件包括一片单色体全息光学元件,仅对一个波长的激光发生衍射作用。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the volume holographic optical element includes a monochromatic volume holographic optical element, which only diffracts laser light of one wavelength.
根据本公开的优选实施例,如图8所示,所述的波导型光学组件还包括贴附在所述波导的耦入面上的凹透镜或位于所述光束生成器与所述波导型光学组件之间的凹透镜,以使得来自所述光束生成器的光锥分布的光束组中不同方向的光束以更大的折射角度进入所述波导。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 8, the waveguide-type optical component further includes a concave lens attached to the coupling surface of the waveguide or located between the beam generator and the waveguide-type optical component Between the concave lens, so that the light beams from different directions in the light beam group of the light cone distribution from the light beam generator enter the waveguide with a larger refraction angle.
根据本公开的优选实施例,如图9所示,所述的波导型光学组件还包括MEMS振镜移动装置,MEMS振镜移动装置与所述MEMS振镜连接,并可使所述MEMS振镜在多个位置之间移动,每一个位置对应一个入瞳;在一个位置时,经MEMS振镜扫描出的光锥分布的光束组中不同方向的光束经所述光束合成器在自由空间形成一个汇聚点,对应一个出瞳。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 9, the waveguide-type optical assembly further includes a MEMS galvanometer moving device, which is connected to the MEMS galvanometer and enables the MEMS galvanometer Move between multiple positions, each position corresponds to an entrance pupil; at one position, the beams of different directions in the beam group of the light cone distribution scanned by the MEMS galvanometer are formed in a free space by the beam combiner The convergence point corresponds to an exit pupil.
根据本公开的优选实施例,如图10所示,所述的微机电系统包括MAHOE光学元件和MEMS振镜,所述MAHOE光学元件至少具有第一区域和第二区域,所述入瞳至少包括第一入瞳和第二入瞳,所述出瞳至少包括第一出瞳和第二出瞳,其中从所述光源出射的光束经所述MEMS振镜扫描后照射到所述MAHOE光学元件的第一区域和第二区域上, 其中,照射到所述第一区域上的光束被所述MAHOE光学元件的第一区域反向衍射,衍射光以不同角度汇聚到所述第一入瞳后形成发散的光锥分布的光束组,进入所述波导,被所述光束合成器衍射,离开所述波导后不同方向的衍射光继续传播,汇聚于所述第一出瞳;照射到所述第二区域上的光束被所述MAHOE光学元件的第二区域反向衍射,衍射光以不同角度汇聚到所述第二入瞳后形成发散的光锥分布的光束组,进入所述波导,被所述光束合成器衍射,离开所述波导后不同方向的衍射光继续传播,汇聚于所述第二出瞳。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, as shown in FIG. 10, the microelectromechanical system includes a MAHOE optical element and a MEMS galvanometer, the MAHOE optical element has at least a first area and a second area, and the entrance pupil includes at least A first entrance pupil and a second entrance pupil, the exit pupil includes at least a first exit pupil and a second exit pupil, wherein the light beam emitted from the light source is scanned by the MEMS galvanometer and irradiated to the MAHOE optical element On the first area and the second area, the light beam irradiated on the first area is reversely diffracted by the first area of the MAHOE optical element, and the diffracted light is converged to the first entrance pupil at different angles to form The divergent light-cone-distributed beam group enters the waveguide and is diffracted by the beam combiner. After leaving the waveguide, the diffracted light in different directions continues to propagate and converges at the first exit pupil; The light beam on the area is reversely diffracted by the second area of the MAHOE optical element. The diffracted light is converged to the second entrance pupil at different angles to form a divergent light cone distribution beam group, enters the waveguide, and is The beam combiner diffracts, and after leaving the waveguide, the diffracted lights in different directions continue to propagate and converge on the second exit pupil.
本公开还涉及一种近眼显示装置,包括如上所述的波导型光学组件。所述近眼显示装置例如是虚拟现实显示装置或增强现实显示装置。The present disclosure also relates to a near-eye display device including the waveguide type optical component as described above. The near-eye display device is, for example, a virtual reality display device or an augmented reality display device.
根据本公开的优选实施例,所述的近眼显示装置还包括图像生成单元,配置成可生成带显示的图像,所述图像生成单元与所述光束生成器耦合,所述光束生成器发射的光束组中不同方向的光束携带所述图像中不同像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息。According to a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, the near-eye display device further includes an image generation unit configured to generate an image with a display, the image generation unit is coupled with the light beam generator, and the light beam emitted by the light beam generator The light beams in different directions in the group carry color information and/or brightness information of different pixels in the image.
应当注意,本公开的实施方式可以通过硬件、软件或者软件和硬件的结合来实现。硬件部分可以利用专用逻辑来实现;软件部分可以存储在存储器中,由适当的指令执行系统,例如微处理器或者专用设计硬件来执行。本领域的普通技术人员可以理解上述的装置和方法可以使用计算机可执行指令和/或包含在处理器控制代码中来实现,例如在诸如磁盘、CD或DVD-ROM的载体介质、诸如只读存储器(固件)的可编程的存储器或者诸如光学或电子信号载体的数据载体上提供了这样的代码。本公开的装置及其模块可以由诸如超大规模集成电路或门阵列、诸如逻辑芯片、晶体管等的半导体、或者诸如现场可编程门阵列、可编程逻辑设备等的可编程硬件设备的硬件电路实现,也可以用由各种类型的处理器执行的软件实现,也可以由上述硬件电路和软件的结合例如固件来实现。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present disclosure may be implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware. The hardware part can be implemented using dedicated logic; the software part can be stored in a memory and executed by an appropriate instruction execution system, such as a microprocessor or dedicated design hardware. Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that the above-mentioned devices and methods can be implemented using computer-executable instructions and/or included in processor control codes, for example, on a carrier medium such as a disk, CD or DVD-ROM, such as a read-only memory. Such codes are provided on a programmable memory (firmware) or a data carrier such as an optical or electronic signal carrier. The device and its modules of the present disclosure can be implemented by hardware circuits such as very large scale integrated circuits or gate arrays, semiconductors such as logic chips, transistors, etc., or programmable hardware devices such as field programmable gate arrays, programmable logic devices, etc., It can also be implemented by software executed by various types of processors, or can be implemented by a combination of the above hardware circuit and software, such as firmware.
应当注意,尽管在上文详细描述中提及了装置的若干模块或子模块,但是这种划分仅仅并非强制性的。实际上,根据本公开的实施方式,上文描述的两个或更多模块的特征和功能可以在一个模块中实现。反之,上文描述的一个模块的特征和功能可以进一步划分为由多个模块来具体化。It should be noted that although several modules or sub-modules of the device are mentioned in the above detailed description, this division is only not mandatory. In fact, according to the embodiments of the present disclosure, the features and functions of the two or more modules described above can be implemented in one module. Conversely, the features and functions of a module described above can be further divided into multiple modules to be embodied.
虽然已经参考目前考虑到的实施方式描述了本公开,但是应该理解本公开不限于所公开的实施方式。相反,本公开旨在涵盖所附权利要求的精神和范围内所包括的各种修改和等同布置。以下权利要求的范围符合最广泛解释,以便包含所有这样的修改及等同结构和功能。Although the present disclosure has been described with reference to the currently considered embodiments, it should be understood that the present disclosure is not limited to the disclosed embodiments. On the contrary, the present disclosure is intended to cover various modifications and equivalent arrangements included within the spirit and scope of the appended claims. The scope of the following claims conforms to the broadest interpretation so as to encompass all such modifications and equivalent structures and functions.
以上所述仅为本公开的优选实施例而已,并不用于限制本公开,尽管参照前述实施例对本公开进行了详细的说明,对于本领域的技术人员来说,其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换。凡在本公开的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本公开的保护范围之内。The foregoing descriptions are only preferred embodiments of the present disclosure and are not intended to limit the present disclosure. Although the present disclosure has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, for those skilled in the art, they can still compare the foregoing embodiments. The recorded technical solutions are modified, or some of the technical features are equivalently replaced. Any modification, equivalent replacement, improvement, etc. made within the spirit and principle of the present disclosure shall be included in the protection scope of the present disclosure.

Claims (71)

  1. 一种波导型光学组件,所述波导型光学组件包括:A waveguide type optical component, the waveguide type optical component comprising:
    光束生成器,配置成形成光锥分布的光束组;The beam generator is configured to form a beam group with a light cone distribution;
    波导,所述波导具有耦入面,用于将所述光束组中的光束耦合进入所述波导,耦合进入波导的光束在所述波导与空气的界面发生全反射;和A waveguide, the waveguide having a coupling surface for coupling the light beams in the light beam group into the waveguide, and the light beams coupled into the waveguide are totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air; and
    光束合成器,贴附在所述波导的一表面上,改变入射到其上的光束的传播方向,使其以不同角度离开所述波导继续传播,其中来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后汇聚于一点。The beam combiner is attached to a surface of the waveguide to change the propagation direction of the light beam incident on it, so that it leaves the waveguide at different angles and continues to propagate. The beams from the same light cone distribution beam group Converge at one point after leaving the waveguide.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述波导型光学组件具有入瞳和出瞳,所述光锥的顶点为所述入瞳,来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后所汇聚的所述一点为所述出瞳。The waveguide-type optical component according to claim 1, wherein the waveguide-type optical component has an entrance pupil and an exit pupil, the apex of the light cone is the entrance pupil, and the light beams from the same light cone distribution beam group leave The point converged after the waveguide is the exit pupil.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述光束生成器包括光源和微机电系统,The waveguide type optical component according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the beam generator includes a light source and a microelectromechanical system,
    其中所述光源配置成可生成携带图像像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息的光束;微机电系统配置成可对从所述光源出射的光束进行扫描,形成所述光锥分布的光束组,The light source is configured to generate light beams carrying color information and/or brightness information of image pixels; the micro-electromechanical system is configured to scan the light beams emitted from the light source to form a beam group with the light cone distribution,
    其中所述光源优选为单色或者三色激光光源。The light source is preferably a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source.
  4. 如权利要求1或2所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述光束生成器包括:The waveguide type optical component according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the beam generator comprises:
    光源,其中所述光源为单色或三色的激光光源或LED光源或OLED光源;A light source, wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
    DMD、LCOS、LCD中的一个或多个,配置成可载入图像,并根据所述图像,对所述光源照射到其上的光进行调制;One or more of DMD, LCOS, and LCD are configured to load an image, and according to the image, the light irradiated by the light source is modulated;
    光阑或透镜,配置成接收所述调制的光以形成所述光锥分布的光束。A diaphragm or lens is configured to receive the modulated light to form a light beam of the light cone distribution.
  5. 如权利要求1或2所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述光束生成器包括:The waveguide type optical component according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the beam generator comprises:
    光源,其中所述光源为单色或三色的激光光源或LED光源或OLED光源;A light source, wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
    透镜,配置成接收所述光源发出的发散光,并汇聚到所述光锥的顶点;A lens configured to receive the divergent light emitted by the light source and converge to the apex of the light cone;
    DMD、LCOS、LCD中的一个或多个,位于所述透镜和所述顶点之间,并配置成可载入图像,并根据所述图像,对经过透镜后的照射到其上的光进行调制。One or more of DMD, LCOS, LCD, located between the lens and the vertex, and configured to load an image, and modulate the light irradiated on it after passing through the lens according to the image .
  6. 根据权利要求3所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述微机电系统包括MEMS振镜,所述光源是细光束光源,包括多个激光器、控制器和合束器,所述控制器与所述多个激光器耦合,并控制所述多个激光器发射出激光束,所述多个激光器的激光束入射到所述合束器,合成为在空间上传播路径重合的近平行性细光束。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 3, wherein the microelectromechanical system includes a MEMS galvanometer, the light source is a thin beam light source, and includes a plurality of lasers, a controller, and a beam combiner, and the controller and the multiple The two lasers are coupled, and the multiple lasers are controlled to emit laser beams, and the laser beams of the multiple lasers are incident on the beam combiner and combined into nearly parallel beams with overlapping propagation paths in space.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述合束器包括透镜组、以及分别与所述多个激光器的波长对应的光学薄膜分光片,其中所述透镜组配置成可调整所述激光器发出的激光束的发散角和/或直径,并投射到对应的光学薄膜分光片上,经过反射或透射形成所述在空间上传播路径重合的近平行性细光束,其中所述透镜组可包 含液体透镜或液晶透镜,可通过外部电压控制调节透镜组的等效焦距,用于控制激光器发出的激光束的发散角和/或直径。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 6, wherein the beam combiner includes a lens group and optical thin film beam splitters respectively corresponding to the wavelengths of the plurality of lasers, wherein the lens group is configured to adjust the The divergence angle and/or diameter of the laser beam emitted by the laser are projected onto the corresponding optical film splitter, and after reflection or transmission, the near-parallel beams with overlapping propagation paths in space are formed, wherein the lens group may include The liquid lens or liquid crystal lens can be controlled by an external voltage to adjust the equivalent focal length of the lens group to control the divergence angle and/or diameter of the laser beam emitted by the laser.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述合束器还包括设置在所述透镜组与所述光学薄膜分光片之间的光阑、波片、偏振片、衰减片,所述合束器还包括与所述透镜组耦合的微电机,所述微电机可调节所述透镜组中透镜间的相对位置以调节从所述透镜组出射的光束的发散角和/或直径。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 7, wherein the beam combiner further comprises an aperture, a wave plate, a polarizing plate, and an attenuating plate arranged between the lens group and the optical film splitter, the The beam combiner further includes a micro motor coupled with the lens group, and the micro motor can adjust the relative position between the lenses in the lens group to adjust the divergence angle and/or diameter of the light beam emitted from the lens group.
  9. 根据权利要求1或2所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述光束组中不同方向的光束携带不同图像像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 1 or 2, wherein light beams in different directions in the light beam group carry color information and/or brightness information of different image pixels.
  10. 根据权利要求1或2所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述光束合成器包括衍射光学元件,被耦合进入所述波导中的光束在波导与空气的交界处发生全反射后,入射到所述衍射光学元件不同位置时均发生衍射,衍射光的传播方向改变并离开所述波导继续传播,其中来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后汇聚于一点。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the beam combiner includes a diffractive optical element, and the light beam coupled into the waveguide is totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air, and then enters the The diffractive optical element is diffracted at different positions, and the propagation direction of the diffracted light changes and leaves the waveguide to continue to propagate, wherein the light beams from the beam group of the same light cone distribution leave the waveguide and converge at one point.
  11. 根据权利要求1或2所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述耦入面设置在波导的凸出的耦入结构上,所述凸出的耦入结构与所述光束合成器所在的平面相交,相交的位置可用作定位,用于将所述光束合成器贴附在所述波导上。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the coupling surface is provided on a convex coupling structure of the waveguide, and the convex coupling structure intersects the plane where the beam combiner is located , The intersecting position can be used as a positioning for attaching the beam combiner to the waveguide.
  12. 根据权利要求10所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述衍射光学元件是体全息光学元件,为透射式体全息光学元件或反射式体全息光学元件,其中所述光束生成器包括多个激光器,所述多个激光器配置成可发射出不同波长的激光光束。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 10, wherein the diffractive optical element is a volume holographic optical element, a transmissive volume holographic optical element or a reflective volume holographic optical element, wherein the beam generator includes a plurality of lasers, The multiple lasers are configured to emit laser beams of different wavelengths.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述体全息光学元件包括单个彩色体全息光学元件,所述单个彩色体全息光学元件对所述多个激光器的不同波长的激光均发生衍射作用。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 12, wherein the volume holographic optical element comprises a single color volume holographic optical element, and the single color volume holographic optical element diffracts the laser light of different wavelengths from the multiple lasers. .
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述体全息光学元件包括准确对位并堆叠在一起的多个单色体全息光学元件,与所述多个激光器的数目对应,每一片单色体全息光学元件,仅对所对应波长的激光发生衍射作用,而对其它波长的激光不发生衍射作用。The waveguide type optical assembly according to claim 12, wherein the volume holographic optical element comprises a plurality of monochromatic volume holographic optical elements accurately aligned and stacked together, corresponding to the number of the plurality of lasers, each of which is single The color volume holographic optical element only diffracts laser light of the corresponding wavelength, but does not diffract laser light of other wavelengths.
  15. 根据权利要求12所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述体全息光学元件包括准确对位并堆叠在一起的多个体全息光学元件,所述多个体全息光学元件的数目少于所述多个激光器的数目,所述多个体全息光学元件中的至少一个对所述多个激光器中至少两个波长的激光发生衍射作用,而对其它波长的激光不发生衍射作用;而其余的体全息光学元件,对余下的其它波长中的一个波长的激光发生衍射作用,而对其它波长的激光不发生衍射作用。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 12, wherein the volume holographic optical element comprises a plurality of volume holographic optical elements accurately aligned and stacked together, and the number of the plurality of volume holographic optical elements is less than that of the plurality of lasers At least one of the plurality of volume holographic optical elements diffracts laser light of at least two wavelengths in the plurality of lasers, but does not diffract laser light of other wavelengths; while the remaining volume holographic optical elements, Diffraction occurs to the laser of one of the remaining wavelengths, but does not occur to the laser of other wavelengths.
  16. 根据权利要求12所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述体全息光学元件包括一片单色体全息光学元件,仅对一个波长的激光发生衍射作用。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 12, wherein the volume holographic optical element comprises a monochromatic volume holographic optical element, which only diffracts laser light of one wavelength.
  17. 根据权利要求1或2所述的波导型光学组件,还包括贴附在所述波导的耦入面上的凹透镜或位于所述光束生成器与所述波导耦入面之间的凹透镜,以使得来自所述光束生成器的光锥分布的光束组中不同方向的光束以更大的折射角度进入所述波导。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising a concave lens attached to the coupling surface of the waveguide or a concave lens located between the beam generator and the waveguide coupling surface, so that The light beams from different directions in the light beam group of the light cone distribution from the light beam generator enter the waveguide with a larger refraction angle.
  18. 根据权利要求6所述的波导型光学组件,还包括MEMS振镜移动装置,MEMS振镜移动装置与所述MEMS振镜连接,并可使所述MEMS振镜在多个位置之间移动,每一个位置对应一个入瞳;在每一个位置时,经MEMS振镜扫描出的光锥分布的光束组中不同方向的光束经所述光束合成器在自由空间形成一个汇聚点,对应一个出瞳。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 6, further comprising a MEMS galvanometer moving device, which is connected to the MEMS galvanometer and can move the MEMS galvanometer between a plurality of positions, each One position corresponds to one entrance pupil; at each position, the beams of different directions in the beam group of the light cone distribution scanned by the MEMS galvanometer form a convergent point in free space through the beam combiner, corresponding to an exit pupil.
  19. 根据权利要求3所述的波导型光学组件,所述的微机电系统包括MAHOE光学元件和MEMS振镜,所述MAHOE光学元件至少具有第一区域和第二区域,所述入瞳至少包括第一入瞳和第二入瞳,所述出瞳至少包括第一出瞳和第二出瞳,其中从所述光源出射的光束经所述MEMS振镜扫描后照射到所述MAHOE光学元件的第一区域和第二区域上,其中,照射到所述第一区域上的光束被所述MAHOE光学元件的第一区域反向衍射,衍射光以不同角度汇聚到所述第一入瞳后形成发散的光锥分布的光束组,进入所述波导,被所述光束合成器衍射,离开所述波导后不同方向的衍射光继续传播,汇聚于所述第一出瞳;照射到所述第二区域上的光束被所述MAHOE光学元件的第二区域反向衍射,衍射光以不同角度汇聚到所述第二入瞳后形成发散的光锥分布的光束组,进入所述波导,被所述光束合成器衍射,离开所述波导后不同方向的衍射光继续传播,汇聚于所述第二出瞳。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 3, the microelectromechanical system includes a MAHOE optical element and a MEMS galvanometer, the MAHOE optical element has at least a first area and a second area, and the entrance pupil includes at least a first area. An entrance pupil and a second entrance pupil, the exit pupil includes at least a first exit pupil and a second exit pupil, wherein the light beam emitted from the light source is scanned by the MEMS galvanometer and irradiated to the first lens of the MAHOE optical element Area and the second area, wherein the light beam irradiated on the first area is reversely diffracted by the first area of the MAHOE optical element, and the diffracted light is converged to the first entrance pupil at different angles to form a divergent The beam group distributed by the light cone enters the waveguide and is diffracted by the beam combiner. After leaving the waveguide, the diffracted light in different directions continues to propagate and converges on the first exit pupil; and illuminates the second area The light beam of is reversely diffracted by the second area of the MAHOE optical element, and the diffracted light is converged to the second entrance pupil at different angles to form a beam group with a divergent light cone distribution, enters the waveguide, and is combined The diffracted light in different directions continues to propagate after leaving the waveguide and converges on the second exit pupil.
  20. 一种近眼显示装置,包括如权利要求1-19中任一项所述的波导型光学组件。A near-eye display device comprising the waveguide type optical component according to any one of claims 1-19.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的近眼显示装置,其中所述近眼显示装置是虚拟现实显示装置或增强现实显示装置。The near-eye display device according to claim 20, wherein the near-eye display device is a virtual reality display device or an augmented reality display device.
  22. 根据权利要求20或21所述的近眼显示装置,还包括图像生成单元,配置成可生成待显示的图像,所述图像生成单元与所述光束生成器耦合,所述光束生成器发射的光束组中不同方向的光束携带所述图像中不同像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息。The near-eye display device according to claim 20 or 21, further comprising an image generation unit configured to generate an image to be displayed, the image generation unit is coupled with the beam generator, and the beam group emitted by the beam generator Light beams in different directions in the image carry color information and/or brightness information of different pixels in the image.
  23. 根据权利要求20或21所述的近眼显示装置,包括左眼显示单元和右眼显示单元,其中左眼显示单元和右眼显示单元均包括如权利要求1-19中任一项所述的波导型光学组件。The near-eye display device according to claim 20 or 21, comprising a left-eye display unit and a right-eye display unit, wherein both the left-eye display unit and the right-eye display unit comprise the waveguide according to any one of claims 1-19 Type optical components.
  24. 一种光学系统的图像投射方法,包括:An image projection method of an optical system includes:
    S61:生成光锥分布的光束组;S61: Generate a beam group of light cone distribution;
    S62:将所述光锥分布的光束组耦合进入波导,进入所述波导的光束在所述波导与空气的界面处发生全反射;S62: Coupling the beam group distributed by the light cone into the waveguide, and the beam entering the waveguide is totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air;
    S63:通过位于所述波导的一表面上的光束合成器,改变入射到所述光束合成器上的光束的传播方向,使其以不同角度离开所述波导继续传播,其中来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后汇聚于一点。S63: Through a beam combiner located on one surface of the waveguide, change the propagation direction of the light beam incident on the beam combiner so that it leaves the waveguide at different angles and continues to propagate, where it originates from the same light cone distribution After leaving the waveguide, the beams of the beam group converge at one point.
  25. 如权利要求24所述的图像投射方法,其中所述光学系统具有入瞳和出瞳,所述光锥的顶点为所述入瞳,来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后所汇聚的所述一点为所述出瞳。The image projection method according to claim 24, wherein the optical system has an entrance pupil and an exit pupil, the vertex of the light cone is the entrance pupil, and the light beams from the beam group of the same light cone distribution leave the waveguide The point converged afterwards is the exit pupil.
  26. 如权利要求24或25所述的图像投射方法,其中所述光束生成器包括光源和微机电系统,The image projection method according to claim 24 or 25, wherein the beam generator includes a light source and a microelectromechanical system,
    其中所述步骤S61包括:The step S61 includes:
    S611:利用一光源,出射携带有图像像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息的光束;S611: Utilize a light source to emit a light beam carrying color information and/or brightness information of image pixels;
    S612:利用一微机电系统,对从所述光源出射的光束进行扫描,形成所述光锥分布的光束组。S612: Use a micro-electromechanical system to scan the light beams emitted from the light source to form the light beam group with the light cone distribution.
  27. 如权利要求24或25所述的图像投射方法,其中所述步骤S61包括:The image projection method according to claim 24 or 25, wherein the step S61 comprises:
    利用一光源发出的照明光,照射一显示屏,其中所述光源为单色或三色的激光光源或LED光源或OLED光源,所述显示屏为DMD、LCOS或LCD;Illuminating a display screen with illumination light emitted by a light source, wherein the light source is a monochromatic or three-color laser light source, an LED light source or an OLED light source, and the display screen is a DMD, LCOS or LCD;
    在所述显示屏中载入图像,并根据所述图像,对所述光源照射到其上的光进行调制;Load an image in the display screen, and modulate the light irradiated by the light source on the image according to the image;
    通过光阑或透镜,使所述调制的光形成所述光锥分布的光束。Through a diaphragm or a lens, the modulated light forms a light beam with the light cone distribution.
  28. 如权利要求24或25所述的图像投射方法,其中所述步骤S61包括:The image projection method according to claim 24 or 25, wherein the step S61 comprises:
    利用一光源发出照明光,照射到一透镜上,经所述透镜后汇聚到所述光锥的顶点,其中所述光源为单色或三色的激光光源或LED光源或OLED光源;Use a light source to emit illuminating light, illuminate it on a lens, and converge to the apex of the light cone after passing through the lens, wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
    经过所述透镜的光束照射到位于所述透镜和所述顶点之间的一显示屏上,所述显示屏为DMD、LCOS或LCD,所述显示屏载入图像,并根据所述图像,对从透镜照射到其上的光进行调制。The light beam passing through the lens irradiates a display screen located between the lens and the apex. The display screen is DMD, LCOS or LCD. The display screen loads an image, and according to the image, The light irradiated from the lens is modulated.
  29. 根据权利要求27所述的图像投射方法,其中所述微机电系统包括MEMS振镜和MEMS振镜移动装置,MEMS振镜移动装置与所述MEMS振镜连接,并可使所述MEMS振镜在多个位置之间移动,每一个位置对应所述光学系统的一个入瞳;在一个位置时,经MEMS振镜扫描出的光锥分布的光束组中不同方向的光束经所述光束合成器在自由空间形成一个汇聚点,对应所述光学系统的一个出瞳,The image projection method according to claim 27, wherein the micro-electromechanical system comprises a MEMS galvanometer and a MEMS galvanometer moving device, and the MEMS galvanometer moving device is connected to the MEMS galvanometer and enables the MEMS galvanometer to move Move between multiple positions, each position corresponds to an entrance pupil of the optical system; in one position, the beams in different directions in the beam group of the light cone distribution scanned by the MEMS galvanometer are transmitted by the beam combiner The free space forms a convergence point corresponding to an exit pupil of the optical system,
    其中所述图像投射方法还包括:通过所述MEMS振镜移动装置,改变所述MEMS振镜的位置。Wherein, the image projection method further includes: changing the position of the MEMS galvanometer through the MEMS galvanometer moving device.
  30. 一种光学元件的制造方法,包括:A method for manufacturing an optical element includes:
    S71:提供一波导,所述波导具有耦入面,感光膜或感光板贴附在所述波导的表面上;S71: Provide a waveguide, the waveguide has a coupling surface, and the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate is attached to the surface of the waveguide;
    S72:利用激光器发射出激光;S72: Use a laser to emit laser light;
    S73:将所述激光分束成第一激光光束和第二激光光束;S73: Split the laser beam into a first laser beam and a second laser beam;
    S74:使所述第一激光光束汇聚到所述波导外的第一点,并出射到所述波导的耦入面上,进入所述波导内部,在所述波导与空气的界面发生全反射,并入射到所述感光膜或感光板上;S74: Converge the first laser beam to a first point outside the waveguide, and exit to the coupling surface of the waveguide, enter the waveguide, and cause total reflection at the interface between the waveguide and the air, And incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate;
    S75:使所述第二激光光束穿过所述感光膜或感光板后汇聚到所述波导外的第二点;和S75: making the second laser beam pass through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate and then converge to a second point outside the waveguide; and
    S76:被汇聚到所述第一点并在所述波导内部全反射的第一激光光束与被汇聚到所述第二点的第二激光光束在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部产生干涉曝光,获得体全息光学元件。S76: The first laser beam condensed to the first point and totally reflected inside the waveguide and the second laser beam converged to the second point are generated inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate Interference exposure to obtain volume holographic optical elements.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料为全彩感光材料,所述步骤S72包括:利用多个激光器发出不同波长的激光光束,合束后出射;The method according to claim 30, wherein the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a full-color photosensitive material, and the step S72 comprises: using a plurality of lasers to emit laser beams of different wavelengths, which are combined and emitted;
    所述步骤S76包括:对应于所述多个激光器的不同波长,在所述感光材料内部同时进行干涉曝光。The step S76 includes: corresponding to different wavelengths of the multiple lasers, simultaneously performing interference exposure inside the photosensitive material.
  32. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料为全彩感光材料,所述步骤S72包括:相继地利用多个激光器发出不同波长的激光光束并出射;The method according to claim 30, wherein the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a full-color photosensitive material, and the step S72 comprises: successively using a plurality of lasers to emit and emit laser beams of different wavelengths;
    所述步骤S76包括:对应于所述多个激光器的不同波长,在所述感光材料内部相继地进行多次干涉曝光。The step S76 includes: successively performing multiple interference exposures inside the photosensitive material corresponding to different wavelengths of the multiple lasers.
  33. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料为单色感光材料,所述步骤S72包括:利用激光器发出与该单色感光材料对应波长的激光光束并出射;The method according to claim 30, wherein the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a monochromatic photosensitive material, and the step S72 comprises: using a laser to emit and emit a laser beam of a wavelength corresponding to the monochromatic photosensitive material;
    所述步骤S76包括:对应于所述激光器的波长,在所述感光材料内部进行干涉曝光,获得与所述波长对应的所述体全息光学元件。The step S76 includes: performing interference exposure inside the photosensitive material corresponding to the wavelength of the laser to obtain the volume holographic optical element corresponding to the wavelength.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的方法,还包括:更换可对不同波长的光线进行曝光的感光膜或感光板,通过所述步骤S72、S73、S74、S75和S76,获得与所述不同波长对应的多个体全息光学元件。The method according to claim 33, further comprising: replacing the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate that can expose light of different wavelengths, and obtaining the photosensitive film or plate corresponding to the different wavelengths through the steps S72, S73, S74, S75, and S76. Multiple volume holographic optical elements.
  35. 根据权利要求30-31中任一项所述的方法,其中所述步骤S72包括:The method according to any one of claims 30-31, wherein the step S72 comprises:
    由多个激光器发射出不同波长的激光光束;Multiple lasers emit laser beams of different wavelengths;
    对所述不同波长的激光光束进行合束;和Combining the laser beams of different wavelengths; and
    对合束后的激光光束进行滤波和准直扩束。The combined laser beam is filtered and collimated and expanded.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其中所述对不同波长的激光光束进行合束的步骤包括:通过光学薄膜分光器对所述不同波长的激光光束进行合束。The method according to claim 35, wherein the step of combining the laser beams of different wavelengths comprises: combining the laser beams of different wavelengths through an optical thin film beam splitter.
  37. 根据权利要求30-34中任一项所述的方法,其中所述步骤S73包括:通过分光片将所述激光分束成第一激光光束和第二激光光束。The method according to any one of claims 30-34, wherein the step S73 comprises: splitting the laser beam into a first laser beam and a second laser beam through a beam splitter.
  38. 根据权利要求30-34中任一项所述的方法,其中所述步骤S74包括:通过第一透镜将所述第一激光光束汇聚到所述波导外的第一点;The method according to any one of claims 30-34, wherein the step S74 comprises: converging the first laser beam to a first point outside the waveguide through a first lens;
    所述步骤S75包括:通过第二透镜或凹面反射镜将所述第二激光光束汇聚到所述波导外的第二点。The step S75 includes: converging the second laser beam to a second point outside the waveguide through a second lens or a concave mirror.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的方法,其中所述第二透镜或凹面反射镜位于所述感光膜或感光板的与所述波导相反的一侧上,或位于所述波导的与所述感光膜或感光板相反的一侧上。The method according to claim 38, wherein the second lens or concave mirror is located on the side of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate opposite to the waveguide, or on the waveguide and the photosensitive film or On the opposite side of the photosensitive plate.
  40. 根据权利要求30-34中任一项所述的方法,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 30-34, further comprising:
    S77:使所述第一激光光束汇聚到所述波导外的第三点,并出射到所述波导的耦入面上,进入所述波导内部,在所述波导与空气的界面发生全反射,并入射到所述感光膜或感光板上,其中所述第三点不同于所述第一点;S77: Converge the first laser beam to a third point outside the waveguide, and exit to the coupling surface of the waveguide, enter the waveguide, and cause total reflection at the interface between the waveguide and air, And incident on the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate, wherein the third point is different from the first point;
    S78:使所述第二激光光束穿过所述感光膜或感光板后汇聚到所述波导外的第四点,其中所述第四点不同于所述第二点;和S78: Make the second laser beam pass through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate and then converge to a fourth point outside the waveguide, where the fourth point is different from the second point; and
    S79:被汇聚到所述第三点并在所述波导内部全反射的第一激光光束与被汇聚到所述第四点的第二激光光束在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部产生干涉曝光。S79: The first laser beam converged to the third point and totally reflected inside the waveguide and the second laser beam converged to the fourth point are generated inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate Interference exposure.
  41. 根据权利要求30-34中任一项所述的方法,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 30-34, further comprising:
    将所获得的体全息光学元件作为母版,复制其它的体全息光学元件。Using the obtained volume holographic optical element as a master, copy other volume holographic optical elements.
  42. 一种制造光束合成器的方法,包括:A method of manufacturing a beam combiner includes:
    S81:提供通过权利要求30-41中任一项所述方法制备的体全息光学元件作为母版,其中所述母版为反射式体全息光学元件;S81: Provide a volume holographic optical element prepared by the method of any one of claims 30-41 as a master, wherein the master is a reflective volume holographic optical element;
    S82:提供一波导,所述波导具有耦入面,以将光波耦入所述波导内部,光波在所述波导与空气的界面发生全反射,所述波导与制作所述体全息光学元件所用的波导具有至少部分相同的光学和/或几何参数;S82: Provide a waveguide, the waveguide has a coupling surface to couple light waves into the inside of the waveguide, the light waves are totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air, and the waveguide and the volume holographic optical element used The waveguides have at least partially the same optical and/or geometric parameters;
    S83:将一感光膜或感光板贴附在所述波导的表面上;S83: Attach a photosensitive film or photosensitive plate to the surface of the waveguide;
    S84:将所述母版贴附在所述感光膜或感光板之上;S84: Attach the master plate to the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate;
    S85:从与制作所述体全息光学元件时的第一点对应的位置处发出发散球面波入射到所述波导的耦入面上,在所述波导与空气界面发生一次或多次全反射并入射到所述感光膜或感光板,穿过所述感光膜或感光板入射到所述母版上,被所述母版反向衍射,反向衍射光穿过所述感光膜或感光板并汇聚到与所述第二点对应的位置处,入射到所 述感光膜或感光板的光与反向衍射光在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部发生干涉曝光,获得新的反射式体全息光学元件。S85: A diverging spherical wave is emitted from a position corresponding to the first point when the volume holographic optical element is made and is incident on the coupling surface of the waveguide, and one or more total reflections occur at the interface between the waveguide and the air. It is incident on the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate, passes through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate and is incident on the master, and is reversely diffracted by the master. The reverse diffracted light passes through the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate and Converging to the position corresponding to the second point, the light incident on the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate and the reverse diffracted light will interfere and expose inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate to obtain a new reflective type Volume holographic optical element.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的方法,其中所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料为全彩感光材料,所述步骤S85包括:相继地发出不同波长的激光光束以在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部发生多次干涉曝光或同时发出不同波长的激光光束以在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部同时发生干涉曝光。The method according to claim 42, wherein the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a full-color photosensitive material, and the step S85 comprises: successively emitting laser beams of different wavelengths so as to be on the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate. Multiple interference exposures occur inside the photosensitive material or laser beams of different wavelengths are emitted simultaneously to simultaneously cause interference exposure inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate.
  44. 根据权利要求42所述的方法,其中所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料为单色感光材料,所述步骤S85包括:发出与该单色感光材料对应波长的激光光束以在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部发生单次干涉曝光。The method according to claim 42, wherein the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a monochromatic photosensitive material, and the step S85 comprises: emitting a laser beam with a wavelength corresponding to the monochromatic photosensitive material to irradiate the photosensitive film Or a single interference exposure occurs inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive plate.
  45. 一种制造光束合成器的方法,包括:A method of manufacturing a beam combiner includes:
    S91:提供通过权利要求30-41中任一项所述方法制备的体全息光学元件作为母版,其中所述母版为透射式体全息光学元件;S91: Provide a volume holographic optical element prepared by the method of any one of claims 30-41 as a master, wherein the master is a transmissive volume holographic optical element;
    S92:提供一波导,所述波导具有耦入面,以将光波耦入所述波导内部,光束在所述波导与空气的界面发生全反射,所述波导与制作所述体全息光学元件所用的波导具有至少部分相同的光学和/或几何参数;S92: Provide a waveguide. The waveguide has a coupling surface to couple light waves into the waveguide. The light beam is totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air. The waveguide and the volume holographic optical element used The waveguides have at least partially the same optical and/or geometric parameters;
    S93:将所述母版贴附在所述波导的表面上;S93: Attach the master to the surface of the waveguide;
    S94:将一感光膜或感光板贴附在所述母版之上;S94: Attach a photosensitive film or photosensitive plate to the master;
    S95:从与制作所述体全息光学元件时的第一点对应的位置处发出发散球面波入射到所述波导的耦入面上,在所述波导与空气界面发生一次或多次全反射并入射到所述母版,从所述母版出射的光包括未被衍射的透射光和被所述母版衍射后的汇聚光,所述汇聚光的汇聚点与所述第二点对应,所述未被衍射的透射光与衍射的汇聚光继续传播进入所述感光膜或感光板,在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部发生干涉曝光,获得新的透射式体全息光学元件。S95: A diverging spherical wave is emitted from a position corresponding to the first point when the volume holographic optical element is made and is incident on the coupling surface of the waveguide, and one or more total reflections occur at the interface between the waveguide and the air. The light incident on the master and emitted from the master includes transmitted light that has not been diffracted and condensed light diffracted by the master. The converging point of the condensed light corresponds to the second point, so The undiffracted transmitted light and diffracted convergent light continue to propagate into the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate, and interference exposure occurs inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate to obtain a new transmissive volume holographic optical element.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的方法,其中所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料为全彩感光材料,所述步骤S95包括:相继地发出不同波长的激光光束以在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部发生多次干涉曝光或同时发出不同波长的激光光束以在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部同时发生干涉曝光。The method according to claim 45, wherein the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a full-color photosensitive material, and the step S95 comprises: successively emitting laser beams of different wavelengths to irradiate the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate. Multiple interference exposures occur inside the photosensitive material or laser beams of different wavelengths are emitted simultaneously to simultaneously cause interference exposure inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or photosensitive plate.
  47. 根据权利要求45所述的方法,其中所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料为单色感光材料,所述步骤S95包括:发出与该单色感光材料对应波长的激光光束以在所述感光膜或感光板的感光材料内部发生单次干涉曝光。The method according to claim 45, wherein the photosensitive material of the photosensitive film or the photosensitive plate is a monochromatic photosensitive material, and the step S95 comprises: emitting a laser beam with a wavelength corresponding to the monochromatic photosensitive material to irradiate the photosensitive film Or a single interference exposure occurs inside the photosensitive material of the photosensitive plate.
  48. 一种体全息光学元件,通过如权利要求30-47中任一项所述的方法制成。A volume holographic optical element made by the method according to any one of claims 30-47.
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的体全息光学元件,其中所述体全息光学元件是透射式 体全息光学元件或反射式体全息光学元件。The volume holographic optical element according to claim 48, wherein the volume holographic optical element is a transmissive volume holographic optical element or a reflective volume holographic optical element.
  50. 一种波导型光学组件,所述波导型光学组件包括:A waveguide type optical component, the waveguide type optical component comprising:
    光束生成器,配置成形成光锥分布的光束组;The beam generator is configured to form a beam group with a light cone distribution;
    波导,所述波导具有耦入面,用于将所述光束组中的光束耦合进入所述波导,耦合进入波导的光束在所述波导与空气的界面发生全反射;和A waveguide, the waveguide having a coupling surface for coupling the light beams in the light beam group into the waveguide, and the light beams coupled into the waveguide are totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air; and
    如权利要求30-47中任一项所述的方法制成的光束合成器,贴附在所述波导的一表面上,改变入射到其上的光束的传播方向,使其以不同角度离开所述波导继续传播,其中来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后汇聚于一点。The beam combiner manufactured by the method according to any one of claims 30-47 is attached to a surface of the waveguide, and the propagation direction of the beam incident on it is changed to leave the beam at different angles. The waveguide continues to propagate, wherein the light beams from the beam group of the same light cone distribution converge at one point after leaving the waveguide.
  51. 如权利要求50所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述波导型光学组件具有入瞳和出瞳,所述光锥的顶点为所述入瞳,来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后所汇聚的所述一点为所述出瞳。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 50, wherein the waveguide type optical component has an entrance pupil and an exit pupil, the apex of the light cone is the entrance pupil, and the light beams from the same light cone distribution beam group leave The point converged after the waveguide is the exit pupil.
  52. 如权利要求50或51所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述光束生成器包括光源和微机电系统,The waveguide type optical component according to claim 50 or 51, wherein the beam generator includes a light source and a microelectromechanical system,
    其中所述光源配置成可生成携带图像像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息的光束;微机电系统配置成可对从所述光源出射的光束进行扫描,形成所述光锥分布的光束组,The light source is configured to generate light beams carrying color information and/or brightness information of image pixels; the micro-electromechanical system is configured to scan the light beams emitted from the light source to form a beam group with the light cone distribution,
    其中所述光源优选为单色或者三色激光光源。The light source is preferably a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source.
  53. 如权利要求50或51所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述光束生成器包括:The waveguide type optical component according to claim 50 or 51, wherein the beam generator comprises:
    光源,其中所述光源为单色或三色的激光光源或LED光源或OLED光源;A light source, wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
    DMD、LCOS、LCD中的一个或多个,配置成可载入图像,并根据所述图像,对所述光源照射到其上的光进行调制;One or more of DMD, LCOS, and LCD are configured to load an image, and according to the image, the light irradiated by the light source is modulated;
    光阑或透镜,配置成接收所述调制的光以形成所述光锥分布的光束。A diaphragm or lens is configured to receive the modulated light to form a light beam of the light cone distribution.
  54. 如权利要求50或51所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述光束生成器包括:The waveguide type optical component according to claim 50 or 51, wherein the beam generator comprises:
    光源,其中所述光源为单色或三色的激光光源或LED光源或OLED光源;A light source, wherein the light source is a monochromatic or tricolor laser light source, LED light source or OLED light source;
    透镜,配置成接收所述光源发出的发散光,并汇聚到所述光锥的顶点;A lens configured to receive the divergent light emitted by the light source and converge to the apex of the light cone;
    DMD、LCOS、LCD中的一个或多个,位于所述透镜和所述顶点之间,并配置成可载入图像,并根据所述图像,对经过透镜后的照射到其上的光进行调制。One or more of DMD, LCOS, LCD, located between the lens and the vertex, and configured to load an image, and modulate the light irradiated on it after passing through the lens according to the image .
  55. 根据权利要求52所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述微机电系统包括MEMS振镜,所述光源是细光束光源,包括多个激光器、控制器和合束器,所述控制器与所述多个激光器耦合,并控制所述多个激光器发射出激光束,所述多个激光器的激光束入射到所述合束器,合成为在空间上传播路径重合的近平行性细光束。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 52, wherein the microelectromechanical system includes a MEMS galvanometer, the light source is a thin beam light source, and includes a plurality of lasers, a controller, and a beam combiner, and the controller and the multiple The two lasers are coupled, and the multiple lasers are controlled to emit laser beams, and the laser beams of the multiple lasers are incident on the beam combiner and combined into nearly parallel beams with overlapping propagation paths in space.
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述合束器包括透镜组、以及分别与所述多个激光器的波长对应的光学薄膜分光片,其中所述透镜组配置成可调整 所述激光器发出的激光束的发散角和/或直径,并投射到对应的光学薄膜分光片上,经过反射或透射形成所述在空间上传播路径重合的近平行性细光束。The waveguide type optical assembly according to claim 55, wherein the beam combiner includes a lens group and optical thin film beam splitters respectively corresponding to the wavelengths of the plurality of lasers, wherein the lens group is configured to adjust the The divergence angle and/or diameter of the laser beam emitted by the laser are projected onto the corresponding optical film splitter, and after reflection or transmission, form the nearly parallel beams with overlapping propagation paths in space.
  57. 根据权利要求56所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述合束器还包括设置在所述透镜组与所述光学薄膜分光片之间的光阑、波片、偏振片、衰减片,所述合束器还包括与所述透镜组耦合的微电机,所述微电机可调节所述透镜组中透镜间的相对位置以调节从所述透镜组出射的光束的发散角和/或直径。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 56, wherein the beam combiner further comprises an aperture, a wave plate, a polarizing plate, and an attenuating plate arranged between the lens group and the optical film splitter, and The beam combiner further includes a micro motor coupled with the lens group, and the micro motor can adjust the relative position between the lenses in the lens group to adjust the divergence angle and/or diameter of the light beam emitted from the lens group.
  58. 根据权利要求50或51所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述光束组中不同方向的光束携带不同图像像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 50 or 51, wherein light beams in different directions in the light beam group carry color information and/or brightness information of different image pixels.
  59. 根据权利要求50或51所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述光束合成器包括衍射光学元件,被耦合进入所述波导中的光束在波导与空气的交界处发生全反射后,入射到所述衍射光学元件不同位置时均发生衍射,衍射光的传播方向改变并离开所述波导继续传播,其中来源于同一光锥分布的光束组的光束离开所述波导后汇聚于一点。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 50 or 51, wherein the beam combiner includes a diffractive optical element, and the light beam coupled into the waveguide is totally reflected at the interface between the waveguide and the air, and then enters the The diffractive optical element is diffracted at different positions, and the propagation direction of the diffracted light changes and leaves the waveguide to continue to propagate, wherein the light beams from the beam group of the same light cone distribution leave the waveguide and converge at one point.
  60. 根据权利要求50或51所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述耦入面设置在波导的凸出的耦入结构上,所述凸出的耦入结构与所述光束合成器所在的平面相交,相交的位置可用作定位,用于将所述合成器贴附与所述波导上。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 50 or 51, wherein the coupling surface is provided on a convex coupling structure of the waveguide, and the convex coupling structure intersects the plane where the beam combiner is located , The intersecting position can be used as a positioning for attaching the combiner to the waveguide.
  61. 根据权利要求59所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述衍射光学元件是体全息光学元件,为透射式体全息光学元件或反射式体全息光学元件,其中所述光源包括多个激光器,所述多个激光器配置成可发射出不同波长的激光光束。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 59, wherein the diffractive optical element is a volume holographic optical element, a transmissive volume holographic optical element or a reflective volume holographic optical element, wherein the light source includes a plurality of lasers, the The multiple lasers are configured to emit laser beams of different wavelengths.
  62. 根据权利要求61所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述体全息光学元件包括单个彩色体全息光学元件,所述单个彩色体全息光学元件对所述多个激光器的不同波长的激光均发生衍射作用。The waveguide type optical assembly according to claim 61, wherein the volume holographic optical element comprises a single color volume holographic optical element, and the single color volume holographic optical element diffracts the laser light of different wavelengths from the multiple lasers. .
  63. 根据权利要求61所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述体全息光学元件包括准确对位并堆叠在一起的多个单色体全息光学元件,与所述多个激光器的数目对应,每一片单色体全息光学元件,仅对所对应波长的激光发生衍射作用,而对其它波长的激光不发生衍射作用。The waveguide type optical assembly according to claim 61, wherein the volume holographic optical element comprises a plurality of monochromatic volume holographic optical elements accurately aligned and stacked together, corresponding to the number of the plurality of lasers, each of which is single The color volume holographic optical element only diffracts laser light of the corresponding wavelength, but does not diffract laser light of other wavelengths.
  64. 根据权利要求61所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述体全息光学元件包括准确对位并堆叠在一起的多个体全息光学元件,所述多个体全息光学元件的数目少于所述多个激光器的数目,所述多个体全息光学元件中的至少一个对所述多个激光器中,至少两个波长的激光发生衍射作用,而对其它波长的激光不发生衍射作用;而其余的体全息光学元件,对余下的其它波长中的一个波长的激光发生衍射作用,而对其它波长的激光不发生衍射作用。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 61, wherein the volume holographic optical element comprises a plurality of volume holographic optical elements accurately aligned and stacked together, and the number of the plurality of volume holographic optical elements is less than that of the plurality of lasers At least one of the plurality of volume holographic optical elements diffracts laser light of at least two wavelengths of the plurality of lasers, but does not diffract laser light of other wavelengths; while the remaining volume holographic optical elements , It will diffract the laser of one of the remaining wavelengths, but not the laser of other wavelengths.
  65. 根据权利要求61所述的波导型光学组件,其中所述体全息光学元件包括一片单色体全息光学元件,仅对一个波长的激光发生衍射作用。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 61, wherein the volume holographic optical element comprises a monochromatic volume holographic optical element which only diffracts laser light of one wavelength.
  66. 根据权利要求50或51所述的波导型光学组件,还包括贴附在所述波导的耦入面上的凹透镜或位于所述光束生成器与所述波导型光学组件之间的凹透镜,以使得来自所述光束生成器的光锥分布的光束组中不同方向的光束以更大的折射角度进入所述波导。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 50 or 51, further comprising a concave lens attached to the coupling surface of the waveguide or a concave lens located between the beam generator and the waveguide type optical component, so that The light beams from different directions in the light beam group of the light cone distribution from the light beam generator enter the waveguide with a larger refraction angle.
  67. 根据权利要求55所述的波导型光学组件,还包括MEMS振镜移动装置,MEMS振镜移动装置与所述MEMS振镜连接,并可使所述MEMS振镜在多个位置之间移动,每一个位置对应一个入瞳;在一个位置时,经MEMS振镜扫描出的光锥分布的光束组中不同方向的光束经所述光束合成器在自由空间形成一个汇聚点,对应一个出瞳。The waveguide-type optical component according to claim 55, further comprising a MEMS galvanometer moving device, which is connected to the MEMS galvanometer and can move the MEMS galvanometer between a plurality of positions, each One position corresponds to one entrance pupil; at one position, the beams of different directions in the beam group of the light cone distribution scanned by the MEMS galvanometer form a converging point in free space through the beam combiner, corresponding to an exit pupil.
  68. 根据权利要求52所述的波导型光学组件,所述的微机电系统包括MAHOE光学元件和MEMS振镜,所述MAHOE光学元件至少具有第一区域和第二区域,所述入瞳至少包括第一入瞳和第二入瞳,所述出瞳至少包括第一出瞳和第二出瞳,其中从所述光源出射的光束经所述MEMS振镜扫描后照射到所述MAHOE光学元件的第一区域和第二区域上,其中,照射到所述第一区域上的光束被所述MAHOE光学元件的第一区域反向衍射,衍射光以不同角度汇聚到所述第一入瞳后形成发散的光锥分布的光束组,进入所述波导,被所述光束合成器衍射,离开所述波导后不同方向的衍射光继续传播,汇聚于所述第一出瞳;照射到所述第二区域上的光束被所述MAHOE光学元件的第二区域反向衍射,衍射光以不同角度汇聚到所述第二入瞳后形成发散的光锥分布的光束组,进入所述波导,被所述光束合成器衍射,离开所述波导后不同方向的衍射光继续传播,汇聚于所述第二出瞳。The waveguide type optical component according to claim 52, the microelectromechanical system comprises a MAHOE optical element and a MEMS galvanometer, the MAHOE optical element has at least a first area and a second area, and the entrance pupil includes at least a first area. An entrance pupil and a second entrance pupil, the exit pupil includes at least a first exit pupil and a second exit pupil, wherein the light beam emitted from the light source is scanned by the MEMS galvanometer and irradiated to the first lens of the MAHOE optical element Area and the second area, wherein the light beam irradiated on the first area is reversely diffracted by the first area of the MAHOE optical element, and the diffracted light is converged to the first entrance pupil at different angles to form a divergent The beam group distributed by the light cone enters the waveguide and is diffracted by the beam combiner. After leaving the waveguide, the diffracted light in different directions continues to propagate and converges on the first exit pupil; and illuminates the second area The light beam of is reversely diffracted by the second area of the MAHOE optical element, and the diffracted light is converged to the second entrance pupil at different angles to form a beam group with a divergent light cone distribution, enters the waveguide, and is combined by the light beam The diffracted light in different directions after leaving the waveguide continues to propagate and converges on the second exit pupil.
  69. 一种近眼显示装置,包括如权利要求50-68中任一项所述的波导型光学组件。A near-eye display device comprising the waveguide type optical component according to any one of claims 50-68.
  70. 根据权利要求69所述的近眼显示装置,其中所述近眼显示装置是虚拟现实显示装置或增强现实显示装置。The near-eye display device according to claim 69, wherein the near-eye display device is a virtual reality display device or an augmented reality display device.
  71. 根据权利要求69或70所述的近眼显示装置,还包括图像生成单元,配置成可生成带显示的图像,所述图像生成单元与所述光束生成器耦合,所述光束生成器发射的光束组中不同方向的光束携带所述图像中不同像素的颜色信息和/或亮度信息。The near-eye display device according to claim 69 or 70, further comprising an image generation unit configured to generate an image with a display, the image generation unit is coupled with the beam generator, and the beam group emitted by the beam generator Light beams in different directions in the image carry color information and/or brightness information of different pixels in the image.
PCT/CN2020/107377 2019-08-09 2020-08-06 Waveguide-type optical assembly, near-eye display device, image projection method, optical element manufacturing method, and light beam combiner manufacturing method WO2021027677A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910734651.6A CN112346246B (en) 2019-08-09 2019-08-09 Optical element manufacturing method, beam combiner manufacturing method, and waveguide type optical module
CN201910734651.6 2019-08-09
CN201910735242.8A CN112346172B (en) 2019-08-09 2019-08-09 Waveguide type optical module, near-to-eye display device, and image projection method
CN201910735242.8 2019-08-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021027677A1 true WO2021027677A1 (en) 2021-02-18

Family

ID=74570914

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/107377 WO2021027677A1 (en) 2019-08-09 2020-08-06 Waveguide-type optical assembly, near-eye display device, image projection method, optical element manufacturing method, and light beam combiner manufacturing method

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021027677A1 (en)

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1774661A (en) * 2004-03-29 2006-05-17 索尼株式会社 Optical device and virtual image display device
CN104035157A (en) * 2014-05-26 2014-09-10 北京理工大学 Waveguide display based on diffractive optical element
CN105487170A (en) * 2016-01-19 2016-04-13 东南大学 Holographic optical waveguide and holographic optical waveguide display device
CN105954876A (en) * 2016-07-04 2016-09-21 北京理工大学 Large-view-field near-to-eye display eyepiece system
CN106950697A (en) * 2017-04-21 2017-07-14 北京理工大学 The multi-region angle of visual field expands and waveguide layering color display method and system
CN107305291A (en) * 2016-04-22 2017-10-31 成都理想境界科技有限公司 A kind of near-eye display system
US20180203230A1 (en) * 2017-01-17 2018-07-19 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Optical device to improve image uniformity
CN108646331A (en) * 2018-05-07 2018-10-12 浙江大学 The exposure method and exposure stage of a kind of gradual change volume holographic grating using free-form surface lens

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1774661A (en) * 2004-03-29 2006-05-17 索尼株式会社 Optical device and virtual image display device
CN104035157A (en) * 2014-05-26 2014-09-10 北京理工大学 Waveguide display based on diffractive optical element
CN105487170A (en) * 2016-01-19 2016-04-13 东南大学 Holographic optical waveguide and holographic optical waveguide display device
CN107305291A (en) * 2016-04-22 2017-10-31 成都理想境界科技有限公司 A kind of near-eye display system
CN105954876A (en) * 2016-07-04 2016-09-21 北京理工大学 Large-view-field near-to-eye display eyepiece system
US20180203230A1 (en) * 2017-01-17 2018-07-19 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Optical device to improve image uniformity
CN106950697A (en) * 2017-04-21 2017-07-14 北京理工大学 The multi-region angle of visual field expands and waveguide layering color display method and system
CN108646331A (en) * 2018-05-07 2018-10-12 浙江大学 The exposure method and exposure stage of a kind of gradual change volume holographic grating using free-form surface lens

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7362828B2 (en) Methods, devices, and systems for illuminating spatial light modulators
CN109407313B (en) Diffraction waveguide display device
US10281725B2 (en) Light flux diameter expanding element and image display device
JP2022069518A (en) Very high refractive index eyepiece substrate-based viewing optics assembly architectures
JP4874593B2 (en) Video display device and head mounted display
JP7167348B2 (en) Multifocal plane display system and device
CN108700751A (en) Use space optical modulator generates the head-mounted display of hologram image
JP2018524621A (en) Separate pupil optical system for virtual and augmented reality and method of image display using it
JP7007283B2 (en) Light output system with reflectors and lenses for very spatially uniform light output
CN110221428B (en) Near-to-eye display system
CN113655615A (en) Large exit pupil optical display device, near-to-eye display device and image projection method
JP2022526054A (en) Lightfield mixed reality system with correct monocular depth clues for the observer
CN113885209B (en) Holographic AR three-dimensional display method, module and near-to-eye display system
CN217639767U (en) Holographic near-to-eye display system
CN111175983A (en) Compact near-to-eye holographic augmented reality 3D display system based on volume holographic optical element
CN112346246B (en) Optical element manufacturing method, beam combiner manufacturing method, and waveguide type optical module
CN113534478A (en) Optical assembly, display system and manufacturing method
CN112346172B (en) Waveguide type optical module, near-to-eye display device, and image projection method
WO2021027677A1 (en) Waveguide-type optical assembly, near-eye display device, image projection method, optical element manufacturing method, and light beam combiner manufacturing method
CN113534477B (en) Optical assembly, display system and manufacturing method
KR20190094309A (en) Electronic device
CN214846067U (en) Grating waveguide element and near-to-eye display equipment
CN113534455B (en) Optical assembly, display system and manufacturing method
CN113534476B (en) Optical assembly, display system and manufacturing method
JP2002258488A (en) Exposure method and exposure device for manufacture of holographic optical element

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20852225

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20852225

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1